summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/doc/readline.html
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'doc/readline.html')
-rw-r--r--doc/readline.html7769
1 files changed, 7769 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/doc/readline.html b/doc/readline.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dd7693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/readline.html
@@ -0,0 +1,7769 @@
+<HTML>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<!-- Created on October, 30 2020 by texi2html 1.64 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons@cern.ch> (original author)
+ Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+ Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+ and many others.
+Maintained by: Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+Send bugs and suggestions to <texi2html@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+-->
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>GNU Readline Library: </TITLE>
+
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="texi2html 1.64">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY LANG="" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#800080" ALINK="#FF0000">
+
+<A NAME="SEC_Top"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H1>GNU Readline Library</H1></P><P>
+
+This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
+in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which
+provide a command line interface.
+The Readline home page is <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/">http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/</A>.
+</P><P>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline User's Manual.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">License for copying this manual.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of concepts described in this manual.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of externally visible functions
+ and variables.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+
+<HR SIZE=1>
+<A NAME="SEC1"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<A NAME="Command Line Editing"></A>
+<H1> 1. Command Line Editing </H1>
+<!--docid::SEC1::-->
+<P>
+
+This chapter describes the basic features of the GNU
+command line editing interface.
+</P><P>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Notation used in this text.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The minimum set of commands for editing a line.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Customizing Readline from a user's view.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A description of most of the Readline commands
+ available for binding</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A short description of how to make Readline
+ behave like the vi editor.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Introduction and Notation"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC2"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 1.1 Introduction to Line Editing </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC2::-->
+<P>
+
+The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent
+keystrokes.
+</P><P>
+
+The text <KBD>C-k</KBD> is read as `Control-K' and describes the character
+produced when the <KBD>k</KBD> key is pressed while the Control key
+is depressed.
+</P><P>
+
+The text <KBD>M-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character
+produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the <KBD>k</KBD>
+key is pressed.
+The Meta key is labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> on many keyboards.
+On keyboards with two keys labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> (usually to either side of
+the space bar), the <KBD>ALT</KBD> on the left side is generally set to
+work as a Meta key.
+The <KBD>ALT</KBD> key on the right may also be configured to work as a
+Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a
+Compose key for typing accented characters.
+</P><P>
+
+If you do not have a Meta or <KBD>ALT</KBD> key, or another key working as
+a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
+<EM>first</EM>, and then typing <KBD>k</KBD>.
+Either process is known as <EM>metafying</EM> the <KBD>k</KBD> key.
+</P><P>
+
+The text <KBD>M-C-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the
+character produced by <EM>metafying</EM> <KBD>C-k</KBD>.
+</P><P>
+
+In addition, several keys have their own names. Specifically,
+<KBD>DEL</KBD>, <KBD>ESC</KBD>, <KBD>LFD</KBD>, <KBD>SPC</KBD>, <KBD>RET</KBD>, and <KBD>TAB</KBD> all
+stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
+If your keyboard lacks a <KBD>LFD</KBD> key, typing <KBD>C-j</KBD> will
+produce the desired character.
+The <KBD>RET</KBD> key may be labeled <KBD>Return</KBD> or <KBD>Enter</KBD> on
+some keyboards.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Interaction"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC3"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 1.2 Readline Interaction </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC3::-->
+<P>
+
+Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text,
+only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled. The
+Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text
+as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing
+you to retype the majority of the line. Using these editing commands,
+you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or
+insert the text of the corrections. Then, when you are satisfied with
+the line, you simply press <KBD>RET</KBD>. You do not have to be at the
+end of the line to press <KBD>RET</KBD>; the entire line is accepted
+regardless of the location of the cursor within the line.
+</P><P>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The least you need to know about Readline.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the input line.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to delete text, and how to get it back!</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Giving numeric arguments to commands.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Searching through previous lines.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Bare Essentials"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC4"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC4::-->
+<P>
+
+In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them. The typed
+character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one
+space to the right. If you mistype a character, you can use your
+erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character.
+</P><P>
+
+Sometimes you may mistype a character, and
+not notice the error until you have typed several other characters. In
+that case, you can type <KBD>C-b</KBD> to move the cursor to the left, and then
+correct your mistake. Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right
+with <KBD>C-f</KBD>.
+</P><P>
+
+When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters
+to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text
+that you have inserted. Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor,
+characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the
+blank space created by the removal of the text. A list of the bare
+essentials for editing the text of an input line follows.
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><KBD>C-b</KBD>
+<DD>Move back one character.
+<DT><KBD>C-f</KBD>
+<DD>Move forward one character.
+<DT><KBD>DEL</KBD> or <KBD>Backspace</KBD>
+<DD>Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
+<DT><KBD>C-d</KBD>
+<DD>Delete the character underneath the cursor.
+<DT>Printing characters
+<DD>Insert the character into the line at the cursor.
+<DT><KBD>C-_</KBD> or <KBD>C-x C-u</KBD>
+<DD>Undo the last editing command. You can undo all the way back to an
+empty line.
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+(Depending on your configuration, the <KBD>Backspace</KBD> key be set to
+delete the character to the left of the cursor and the <KBD>DEL</KBD> key set
+to delete the character underneath the cursor, like <KBD>C-d</KBD>, rather
+than the character to the left of the cursor.)
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Movement Commands"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC5"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC5::-->
+<P>
+
+The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need
+in order to do editing of the input line. For your convenience, many
+other commands have been added in addition to <KBD>C-b</KBD>, <KBD>C-f</KBD>,
+<KBD>C-d</KBD>, and <KBD>DEL</KBD>. Here are some commands for moving more rapidly
+about the line.
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><KBD>C-a</KBD>
+<DD>Move to the start of the line.
+<DT><KBD>C-e</KBD>
+<DD>Move to the end of the line.
+<DT><KBD>M-f</KBD>
+<DD>Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits.
+<DT><KBD>M-b</KBD>
+<DD>Move backward a word.
+<DT><KBD>C-l</KBD>
+<DD>Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top.
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+Notice how <KBD>C-f</KBD> moves forward a character, while <KBD>M-f</KBD> moves
+forward a word. It is a loose convention that control keystrokes
+operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Killing Commands"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC6"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC6::-->
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX1"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX2"></A>
+</P><P>
+
+<EM>Killing</EM> text means to delete the text from the line, but to save
+it away for later use, usually by <EM>yanking</EM> (re-inserting)
+it back into the line.
+(`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.)
+</P><P>
+
+If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can
+be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same)
+place later.
+</P><P>
+
+When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a <EM>kill-ring</EM>.
+Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so
+that when you yank it back, you get it all. The kill
+ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously
+typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing
+another line.
+<A NAME="IDX3"></A>
+</P><P>
+
+Here is the list of commands for killing text.
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><KBD>C-k</KBD>
+<DD>Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line.
+<P>
+
+<DT><KBD>M-d</KBD>
+<DD>Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-f</KBD>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD>
+<DD>Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between
+words, to the start of the previous word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-b</KBD>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><KBD>C-w</KBD>
+<DD>Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace. This is different than
+<KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD> because the word boundaries differ.
+<P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+Here is how to <EM>yank</EM> the text back into the line. Yanking
+means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><KBD>C-y</KBD>
+<DD>Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor.
+<P>
+
+<DT><KBD>M-y</KBD>
+<DD>Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if
+the prior command is <KBD>C-y</KBD> or <KBD>M-y</KBD>.
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Arguments"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC7"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.2.4 Readline Arguments </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC7::-->
+<P>
+
+You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands. Sometimes the
+argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the <I>sign</I> of the
+argument that is significant. If you pass a negative argument to a
+command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will
+act in a backward direction. For example, to kill text back to the
+start of the line, you might type <SAMP>`M-- C-k'</SAMP>.
+</P><P>
+
+The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta
+digits before the command. If the first `digit' typed is a minus
+sign (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>), then the sign of the argument will be negative. Once
+you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type
+the remainder of the digits, and then the command. For example, to give
+the <KBD>C-d</KBD> command an argument of 10, you could type <SAMP>`M-1 0 C-d'</SAMP>,
+which will delete the next ten characters on the input line.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Searching"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC8"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC8::-->
+<P>
+
+Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
+for lines containing a specified string.
+There are two search modes: <EM>incremental</EM> and <EM>non-incremental</EM>.
+</P><P>
+
+Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
+search string.
+As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays
+the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
+An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
+find the desired history entry.
+To search backward in the history for a particular string, type
+<KBD>C-r</KBD>. Typing <KBD>C-s</KBD> searches forward through the history.
+The characters present in the value of the <CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE> variable
+are used to terminate an incremental search.
+If that variable has not been assigned a value, the <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
+<KBD>C-J</KBD> characters will terminate an incremental search.
+<KBD>C-g</KBD> will abort an incremental search and restore the original line.
+When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
+search string becomes the current line.
+</P><P>
+
+To find other matching entries in the history list, type <KBD>C-r</KBD> or
+<KBD>C-s</KBD> as appropriate.
+This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
+entry matching the search string typed so far.
+Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate
+the search and execute that command.
+For instance, a <KBD>RET</KBD> will terminate the search and accept
+the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
+A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found
+the current line, and begin editing.
+</P><P>
+
+Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two
+<KBD>C-r</KBD>s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new
+search string, any remembered search string is used.
+</P><P>
+
+Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
+to search for matching history lines. The search string may be
+typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Init File"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC9"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 1.3 Readline Init File </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC9::-->
+<P>
+
+Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like
+keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set
+of keybindings.
+Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting
+commands in an <EM>inputrc</EM> file, conventionally in his home directory.
+The name of this
+file is taken from the value of the environment variable <CODE>INPUTRC</CODE>. If
+that variable is unset, the default is <TT>`~/.inputrc'</TT>. If that
+file does not exist or cannot be read, the ultimate default is
+<TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>.
+</P><P>
+
+When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the
+init file is read, and the key bindings are set.
+</P><P>
+
+In addition, the <CODE>C-x C-r</CODE> command re-reads this init file, thus
+incorporating any changes that you might have made to it.
+</P><P>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<br>
+<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<br>
+<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example inputrc file.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Init File Syntax"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC10"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC10::-->
+<P>
+
+There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
+Readline init file. Blank lines are ignored.
+Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`#'</SAMP> are comments.
+Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`$'</SAMP> indicate conditional
+constructs (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>). Other lines
+denote variable settings and key bindings.
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT>Variable Settings
+<DD>You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by
+altering the values of variables in Readline
+using the <CODE>set</CODE> command within the init file.
+The syntax is simple:
+<P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+Here, for example, is how to
+change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use
+<CODE>vi</CODE> line editing commands:
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>set editing-mode vi
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard
+to case. Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
+</P><P>
+
+Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if
+the value is null or empty, <VAR>on</VAR> (case-insensitive), or 1. Any other
+value results in the variable being set to off.
+</P><P>
+
+A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following
+variables.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX4"></A>
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>bell-style</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX5"></A>
+Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
+If set to <SAMP>`none'</SAMP>, Readline never rings the bell. If set to
+<SAMP>`visible'</SAMP>, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
+If set to <SAMP>`audible'</SAMP> (the default), Readline attempts to ring
+the terminal's bell.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>bind-tty-special-chars</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX6"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> (the default), Readline attempts to bind the control
+characters treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their
+Readline equivalents.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>blink-matching-paren</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX7"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline attempts to briefly move the cursor to an
+opening parenthesis when a closing parenthesis is inserted. The default
+is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>colored-completion-prefix</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX8"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, when listing completions, Readline displays the
+common prefix of the set of possible completions using a different color.
+The color definitions are taken from the value of the <CODE>LS_COLORS</CODE>
+environment variable.
+The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>colored-stats</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX9"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline displays possible completions using different
+colors to indicate their file type.
+The color definitions are taken from the value of the <CODE>LS_COLORS</CODE>
+environment variable.
+The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX10"></A>
+The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the
+<CODE>insert-comment</CODE> command is executed. The default value
+is <CODE>"#"</CODE>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX11"></A>
+The number of screen columns used to display possible matches
+when performing completion.
+The value is ignored if it is less than 0 or greater than the terminal
+screen width.
+A value of 0 will cause matches to be displayed one per line.
+The default value is -1.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>completion-ignore-case</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX12"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline performs filename matching and completion
+in a case-insensitive fashion.
+The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>completion-map-case</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX13"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, and <VAR>completion-ignore-case</VAR> is enabled, Readline
+treats hyphens (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>) and underscores (<SAMP>`_'</SAMP>) as equivalent when
+performing case-insensitive filename matching and completion.
+The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>completion-prefix-display-length</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX14"></A>
+The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible
+completions that is displayed without modification. When set to a
+value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are
+replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>completion-query-items</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX15"></A>
+The number of possible completions that determines when the user is
+asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed.
+If the number of possible completions is greater than or equal to this value,
+Readline will ask whether or not the user wishes to view them;
+otherwise, they are simply listed.
+This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0.
+A negative value means Readline should never ask.
+The default limit is <CODE>100</CODE>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>convert-meta</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX16"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will convert characters with the
+eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence by stripping the eighth
+bit and prefixing an <KBD>ESC</KBD> character, converting them to a
+meta-prefixed key sequence. The default value is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, but
+will be set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP> if the locale is one that contains
+eight-bit characters.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>disable-completion</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX17"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>, Readline will inhibit word completion.
+Completion characters will be inserted into the line as if they had
+been mapped to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>echo-control-characters</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX18"></A>
+When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, on operating systems that indicate they support it,
+readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the
+keyboard. The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>editing-mode</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX19"></A>
+The <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable controls which default set of
+key bindings is used. By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing
+mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs. This variable can be
+set to either <SAMP>`emacs'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`vi'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>emacs-mode-string</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX20"></A>
+If the <VAR>show-mode-in-prompt</VAR> variable is enabled,
+this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when emacs editing mode is active. The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available.
+Use the <SAMP>`\1'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`\2'</SAMP> escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+The default is <SAMP>`@'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>enable-bracketed-paste</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX21"></A>
+When set to <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>, Readline will configure the terminal in a way
+that will enable it to insert each paste into the editing buffer as a
+single string of characters, instead of treating each character as if
+it had been read from the keyboard. This can prevent pasted characters
+from being interpreted as editing commands. The default is <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>enable-keypad</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX22"></A>
+When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable the application
+keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the
+arrow keys. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>enable-meta-key</CODE>
+<DD>When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable any meta modifier
+key the terminal claims to support when it is called. On many terminals,
+the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters.
+The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>expand-tilde</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX23"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, tilde expansion is performed when Readline
+attempts word completion. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>history-preserve-point</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX24"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, the history code attempts to place the point (the
+current cursor position) at the
+same location on each history line retrieved with <CODE>previous-history</CODE>
+or <CODE>next-history</CODE>. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>history-size</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX25"></A>
+Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list.
+If set to zero, any existing history entries are deleted and no new entries
+are saved.
+If set to a value less than zero, the number of history entries is not
+limited.
+By default, the number of history entries is not limited.
+If an attempt is made to set <VAR>history-size</VAR> to a non-numeric value,
+the maximum number of history entries will be set to 500.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>horizontal-scroll-mode</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX26"></A>
+This variable can be set to either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. Setting it
+to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll
+horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width
+of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line.
+This variable is automatically set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> for terminals of height 1.
+By default, this variable is set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>input-meta</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX27"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX28"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it
+will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads),
+regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The
+default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, but Readline will set it to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> if the
+locale contains eight-bit characters.
+The name <CODE>meta-flag</CODE> is a synonym for this variable.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX29"></A>
+The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without
+subsequently executing the character as a command (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>).
+If this variable has not been given a value, the characters <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
+<KBD>C-J</KBD> will terminate an incremental search.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>keymap</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX30"></A>
+Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands.
+Built-in <CODE>keymap</CODE> names are
+<CODE>emacs</CODE>,
+<CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>,
+<CODE>emacs-meta</CODE>,
+<CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE>,
+<CODE>vi</CODE>,
+<CODE>vi-move</CODE>,
+<CODE>vi-command</CODE>, and
+<CODE>vi-insert</CODE>.
+<CODE>vi</CODE> is equivalent to <CODE>vi-command</CODE> (<CODE>vi-move</CODE> is also a
+synonym); <CODE>emacs</CODE> is equivalent to <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>.
+Applications may add additional names.
+The default value is <CODE>emacs</CODE>.
+The value of the <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable also affects the
+default keymap.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>keyseq-timeout</CODE>
+<DD>Specifies the duration Readline will wait for a character when reading an
+ambiguous key sequence (one that can form a complete key sequence using
+the input read so far, or can take additional input to complete a longer
+key sequence).
+If no input is received within the timeout, Readline will use the shorter
+but complete key sequence.
+Readline uses this value to determine whether or not input is
+available on the current input source (<CODE>rl_instream</CODE> by default).
+The value is specified in milliseconds, so a value of 1000 means that
+Readline will wait one second for additional input.
+If this variable is set to a value less than or equal to zero, or to a
+non-numeric value, Readline will wait until another key is pressed to
+decide which key sequence to complete.
+The default value is <CODE>500</CODE>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>mark-directories</CODE>
+<DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed directory names have a slash
+appended. The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>mark-modified-lines</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX31"></A>
+This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to display an
+asterisk (<SAMP>`*'</SAMP>) at the start of history lines which have been modified.
+This variable is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP> by default.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>mark-symlinked-directories</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX32"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed names which are symbolic links
+to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of
+<CODE>mark-directories</CODE>).
+The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>match-hidden-files</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX33"></A>
+This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to match files whose
+names begin with a <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> (hidden files) when performing filename
+completion.
+If set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, the leading <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> must be
+supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
+This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>menu-complete-display-prefix</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX34"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, menu completion displays the common prefix of the
+list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through
+the list. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>output-meta</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX35"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display characters with the
+eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
+sequence.
+The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, but Readline will set it to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> if the
+locale contains eight-bit characters.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>page-completions</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX36"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline uses an internal <CODE>more</CODE>-like pager
+to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
+This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE>
+<DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display completions with matches
+sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
+The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>revert-all-at-newline</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX37"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will undo all changes to history lines
+before returning when <CODE>accept-line</CODE> is executed. By default,
+history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across
+calls to <CODE>readline</CODE>. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX38"></A>
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If
+set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>,
+words which have more than one possible completion cause the
+matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
+The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX39"></A>
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
+a fashion similar to <VAR>show-all-if-ambiguous</VAR>.
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>,
+words which have more than one possible completion without any
+possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
+a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
+of ringing the bell.
+The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>show-mode-in-prompt</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX40"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, add a string to the beginning of the prompt
+indicating the editing mode: emacs, vi command, or vi insertion.
+The mode strings are user-settable (e.g., <VAR>emacs-mode-string</VAR>).
+The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>skip-completed-text</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX41"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, this alters the default completion behavior when
+inserting a single match into the line. It's only active when
+performing completion in the middle of a word. If enabled, readline
+does not insert characters from the completion that match characters
+after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word
+following the cursor are not duplicated.
+For instance, if this is enabled, attempting completion when the cursor
+is after the <SAMP>`e'</SAMP> in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP> will result in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP>
+rather than <SAMP>`Makefilefile'</SAMP>, assuming there is a single possible
+completion.
+The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>vi-cmd-mode-string</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX42"></A>
+If the <VAR>show-mode-in-prompt</VAR> variable is enabled,
+this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in command mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available.
+Use the <SAMP>`\1'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`\2'</SAMP> escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+The default is <SAMP>`(cmd)'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>vi-ins-mode-string</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX43"></A>
+If the <VAR>show-mode-in-prompt</VAR> variable is enabled,
+this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in insertion mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available.
+Use the <SAMP>`\1'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`\2'</SAMP> escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+The default is <SAMP>`(ins)'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>visible-stats</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX44"></A>
+If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, a character denoting a file's type
+is appended to the filename when listing possible
+completions. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+<P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<DT>Key Bindings
+<DD>The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
+simple. First you need to find the name of the command that you
+want to change. The following sections contain tables of the command
+name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what
+the command does.
+<P>
+
+Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line
+in the init file the name of the key
+you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the
+command.
+There can be no space between the key name and the colon -- that will be
+interpreted as part of the key name.
+The name of the key can be expressed in different ways, depending on
+what you find most comfortable.
+</P><P>
+
+In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
+to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a <VAR>macro</VAR>).
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><VAR>keyname</VAR>: <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
+<DD><VAR>keyname</VAR> is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example:
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>Control-u: universal-argument
+Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
+Control-o: "&#62; output"
+</pre></td></tr></table><P>
+
+In the example above, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is bound to the function
+<CODE>universal-argument</CODE>,
+<KBD>M-DEL</KBD> is bound to the function <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>, and
+<KBD>C-o</KBD> is bound to run the macro
+expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
+<SAMP>`&#62; output'</SAMP> into the line).
+</P><P>
+
+A number of symbolic character names are recognized while
+processing this key binding syntax:
+<VAR>DEL</VAR>,
+<VAR>ESC</VAR>,
+<VAR>ESCAPE</VAR>,
+<VAR>LFD</VAR>,
+<VAR>NEWLINE</VAR>,
+<VAR>RET</VAR>,
+<VAR>RETURN</VAR>,
+<VAR>RUBOUT</VAR>,
+<VAR>SPACE</VAR>,
+<VAR>SPC</VAR>,
+and
+<VAR>TAB</VAR>.
+</P><P>
+
+<DT>"<VAR>keyseq</VAR>": <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
+<DD><VAR>keyseq</VAR> differs from <VAR>keyname</VAR> above in that strings
+denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing
+the key sequence in double quotes. Some GNU Emacs style key
+escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the
+special character names are not recognized.
+<P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>"\C-u": universal-argument
+"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
+"\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+In the above example, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is again bound to the function
+<CODE>universal-argument</CODE> (just as it was in the first example),
+<SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> <KBD>C-r</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to the function <CODE>re-read-init-file</CODE>,
+and <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> <KBD>[</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>~</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to insert
+the text <SAMP>`Function Key 1'</SAMP>.
+</P><P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+The following GNU Emacs style escape sequences are available when
+specifying key sequences:
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><CODE><KBD>\C-</KBD></CODE>
+<DD>control prefix
+<DT><CODE><KBD>\M-</KBD></CODE>
+<DD>meta prefix
+<DT><CODE><KBD>\e</KBD></CODE>
+<DD>an escape character
+<DT><CODE><KBD>\\</KBD></CODE>
+<DD>backslash
+<DT><CODE><KBD>\"</KBD></CODE>
+<DD><KBD>"</KBD>, a double quotation mark
+<DT><CODE><KBD>\'</KBD></CODE>
+<DD><KBD>'</KBD>, a single quote or apostrophe
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second
+set of backslash escapes is available:
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><CODE>\a</CODE>
+<DD>alert (bell)
+<DT><CODE>\b</CODE>
+<DD>backspace
+<DT><CODE>\d</CODE>
+<DD>delete
+<DT><CODE>\f</CODE>
+<DD>form feed
+<DT><CODE>\n</CODE>
+<DD>newline
+<DT><CODE>\r</CODE>
+<DD>carriage return
+<DT><CODE>\t</CODE>
+<DD>horizontal tab
+<DT><CODE>\v</CODE>
+<DD>vertical tab
+<DT><CODE>\<VAR>nnn</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value <VAR>nnn</VAR>
+(one to three digits)
+<DT><CODE>\x<VAR>HH</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value <VAR>HH</VAR>
+(one or two hex digits)
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
+be used to indicate a macro definition.
+Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
+In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
+Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
+including <SAMP>`"'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`''</SAMP>.
+For example, the following binding will make <SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> \'</SAMP>
+insert a single <SAMP>`\'</SAMP> into the line:
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>"\C-x\\": "\\"
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Conditional Init Constructs"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC11"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC11::-->
+<P>
+
+Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
+compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
+bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
+of tests. There are four parser directives used.
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><CODE>$if</CODE>
+<DD>The <CODE>$if</CODE> construct allows bindings to be made based on the
+editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
+Readline. The text of the test, after any comparison operator,
+extends to the end of the line;
+unless otherwise noted, no characters are required to isolate it.
+<P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><CODE>mode</CODE>
+<DD>The <CODE>mode=</CODE> form of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive is used to test
+whether Readline is in <CODE>emacs</CODE> or <CODE>vi</CODE> mode.
+This may be used in conjunction
+with the <SAMP>`set keymap'</SAMP> command, for instance, to set bindings in
+the <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE> and <CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE> keymaps only if
+Readline is starting out in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>term</CODE>
+<DD>The <CODE>term=</CODE> form may be used to include terminal-specific
+key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
+terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the
+<SAMP>`='</SAMP> is tested against both the full name of the terminal and
+the portion of the terminal name before the first <SAMP>`-'</SAMP>. This
+allows <CODE>sun</CODE> to match both <CODE>sun</CODE> and <CODE>sun-cmd</CODE>,
+for instance.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>version</CODE>
+<DD>The <CODE>version</CODE> test may be used to perform comparisons against
+specific Readline versions.
+The <CODE>version</CODE> expands to the current Readline version.
+The set of comparison operators includes
+<SAMP>`='</SAMP> (and <SAMP>`=='</SAMP>), <SAMP>`!='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`&#60;='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`&#62;='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`&#60;'</SAMP>,
+and <SAMP>`&#62;'</SAMP>.
+The version number supplied on the right side of the operator consists
+of a major version number, an optional decimal point, and an optional
+minor version (e.g., <SAMP>`7.1'</SAMP>). If the minor version is omitted, it
+is assumed to be <SAMP>`0'</SAMP>.
+The operator may be separated from the string <CODE>version</CODE> and
+from the version number argument by whitespace.
+The following example sets a variable if the Readline version being used
+is 7.0 or newer:
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$if version &#62;= 7.0
+set show-mode-in-prompt on
+$endif
+</pre></td></tr></table><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>application</CODE>
+<DD>The <VAR>application</VAR> construct is used to include
+application-specific settings. Each program using the Readline
+library sets the <VAR>application name</VAR>, and you can test for
+a particular value.
+This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
+a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a
+key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$if Bash
+# Quote the current or previous word
+"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
+$endif
+</pre></td></tr></table><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>variable</CODE>
+<DD>The <VAR>variable</VAR> construct provides simple equality tests for Readline
+variables and values.
+The permitted comparison operators are <SAMP>`='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`=='</SAMP>, and <SAMP>`!='</SAMP>.
+The variable name must be separated from the comparison operator by
+whitespace; the operator may be separated from the value on the right hand
+side by whitespace.
+Both string and boolean variables may be tested. Boolean variables must be
+tested against the values <VAR>on</VAR> and <VAR>off</VAR>.
+The following example is equivalent to the <CODE>mode=emacs</CODE> test described
+above:
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$if editing-mode == emacs
+set show-mode-in-prompt on
+$endif
+</pre></td></tr></table></DL>
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>$endif</CODE>
+<DD>This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
+<CODE>$if</CODE> command.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>$else</CODE>
+<DD>Commands in this branch of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive are executed if
+the test fails.
+<P>
+
+<DT><CODE>$include</CODE>
+<DD>This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
+and bindings from that file.
+For example, the following directive reads from <TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>:
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$include /etc/inputrc
+</pre></td></tr></table></DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Sample Init File"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC12"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.3.3 Sample Init File </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC12::-->
+<P>
+
+Here is an example of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This illustrates key
+binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax.
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre># This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for
+# programs that use the GNU Readline library. Existing
+# programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB.
+#
+# You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r.
+# Lines beginning with '#' are comments.
+#
+# First, include any system-wide bindings and variable
+# assignments from /etc/Inputrc
+$include /etc/Inputrc
+
+#
+# Set various bindings for emacs mode.
+
+set editing-mode emacs
+
+$if mode=emacs
+
+Meta-Control-h: backward-kill-word Text after the function name is ignored
+
+#
+# Arrow keys in keypad mode
+#
+#"\M-OD": backward-char
+#"\M-OC": forward-char
+#"\M-OA": previous-history
+#"\M-OB": next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in ANSI mode
+#
+"\M-[D": backward-char
+"\M-[C": forward-char
+"\M-[A": previous-history
+"\M-[B": next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode
+#
+#"\M-\C-OD": backward-char
+#"\M-\C-OC": forward-char
+#"\M-\C-OA": previous-history
+#"\M-\C-OB": next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode
+#
+#"\M-\C-[D": backward-char
+#"\M-\C-[C": forward-char
+#"\M-\C-[A": previous-history
+#"\M-\C-[B": next-history
+
+C-q: quoted-insert
+
+$endif
+
+# An old-style binding. This happens to be the default.
+TAB: complete
+
+# Macros that are convenient for shell interaction
+$if Bash
+# edit the path
+"\C-xp": "PATH=${PATH}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f"
+# prepare to type a quoted word --
+# insert open and close double quotes
+# and move to just after the open quote
+"\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b"
+# insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes
+# in sequences and macros)
+"\C-x\\": "\\"
+# Quote the current or previous word
+"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
+# Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound
+"\C-xr": redraw-current-line
+# Edit variable on current line.
+"\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y="
+$endif
+
+# use a visible bell if one is available
+set bell-style visible
+
+# don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading
+set input-meta on
+
+# allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather
+# than converted to prefix-meta sequences
+set convert-meta off
+
+# display characters with the eighth bit set directly
+# rather than as meta-prefixed characters
+set output-meta on
+
+# if there are 150 or more possible completions for a word,
+# ask whether or not the user wants to see all of them
+set completion-query-items 150
+
+# For FTP
+$if Ftp
+"\C-xg": "get \M-?"
+"\C-xt": "put \M-?"
+"\M-.": yank-last-arg
+$endif
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Bindable Readline Commands"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC13"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 1.4 Bindable Readline Commands </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC13::-->
+<P>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the line.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting at previous lines.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for changing text.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for killing and yanking.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting Readline to do the typing for you.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Saving and re-executing typed characters</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Other miscellaneous commands.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+
+This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key
+sequences.
+Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
+</P><P>
+
+In the following descriptions, <EM>point</EM> refers to the current cursor
+position, and <EM>mark</EM> refers to a cursor position saved by the
+<CODE>set-mark</CODE> command.
+The text between the point and mark is referred to as the <EM>region</EM>.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Commands For Moving"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC14"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.4.1 Commands For Moving </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC14::-->
+<DL COMPACT>
+<A NAME="IDX45"></A>
+<DT><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX46"></A>
+Move to the start of the current line.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX47"></A>
+<DT><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX48"></A>
+Move to the end of the line.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX49"></A>
+<DT><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX50"></A>
+Move forward a character.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX51"></A>
+<DT><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX52"></A>
+Move back a character.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX53"></A>
+<DT><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX54"></A>
+Move forward to the end of the next word.
+Words are composed of letters and digits.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX55"></A>
+<DT><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX56"></A>
+Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
+Words are composed of letters and digits.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX57"></A>
+<DT><CODE>previous-screen-line ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX58"></A>
+Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the previous
+physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current
+Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if point is not
+greater than the length of the prompt plus the screen width.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX59"></A>
+<DT><CODE>next-screen-line ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX60"></A>
+Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the next
+physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current
+Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if the length
+of the current Readline line is not greater than the length of the prompt
+plus the screen width.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX61"></A>
+<DT><CODE>clear-display (M-C-l)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX62"></A>
+Clear the screen and, if possible, the terminal's scrollback buffer,
+then redraw the current line,
+leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX63"></A>
+<DT><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX64"></A>
+Clear the screen,
+then redraw the current line,
+leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX65"></A>
+<DT><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX66"></A>
+Refresh the current line. By default, this is unbound.
+<P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Commands For History"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC15"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC15::-->
+<P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<A NAME="IDX67"></A>
+<DT><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX68"></A>
+Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
+If this line is
+non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with
+<CODE>add_history()</CODE>.
+If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored
+to its original state.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX69"></A>
+<DT><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX70"></A>
+Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX71"></A>
+<DT><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX72"></A>
+Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX73"></A>
+<DT><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#60;)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX74"></A>
+Move to the first line in the history.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX75"></A>
+<DT><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#62;)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX76"></A>
+Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently
+being entered.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX77"></A>
+<DT><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX78"></A>
+Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
+the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
+This command sets the region to the matched text and activates the mark.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX79"></A>
+<DT><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX80"></A>
+Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
+the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
+This command sets the region to the matched text and activates the mark.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX81"></A>
+<DT><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX82"></A>
+Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
+through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
+for a string supplied by the user.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX83"></A>
+<DT><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX84"></A>
+Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
+through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
+for a string supplied by the user.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX85"></A>
+<DT><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX86"></A>
+Search forward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX87"></A>
+<DT><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX88"></A>
+Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX89"></A>
+<DT><CODE>history-substring-search-forward ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX90"></A>
+Search forward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX91"></A>
+<DT><CODE>history-substring-search-backward ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX92"></A>
+Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX93"></A>
+<DT><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX94"></A>
+Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
+the second word on the previous line) at point.
+With an argument <VAR>n</VAR>,
+insert the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the previous command (the words
+in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument
+inserts the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the end of the previous command.
+Once the argument <VAR>n</VAR> is computed, the argument is extracted
+as if the <SAMP>`!<VAR>n</VAR>'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX95"></A>
+<DT><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX96"></A>
+Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the
+previous history entry).
+With a numeric argument, behave exactly like <CODE>yank-nth-arg</CODE>.
+Successive calls to <CODE>yank-last-arg</CODE> move back through the history
+list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to
+the first call) of each line in turn.
+Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines
+the direction to move through the history. A negative argument switches
+the direction through the history (back or forward).
+The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument,
+as if the <SAMP>`!$'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX97"></A>
+<DT><CODE>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX98"></A>
+Accept the current line for return to the calling application as if a
+newline had been entered,
+and fetch the next line relative to the current line from the history
+for editing.
+A numeric argument, if supplied, specifies the history entry to use instead
+of the current line.
+<P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Commands For Text"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC16"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC16::-->
+<P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<A NAME="IDX99"></A>
+<DT><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX100"></A>
+The character indicating end-of-file as set, for example, by
+<CODE>stty</CODE>. If this character is read when there are no characters
+on the line, and point is at the beginning of the line, Readline
+interprets it as the end of input and returns EOF.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX101"></A>
+<DT><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX102"></A>
+Delete the character at point. If this function is bound to the
+same character as the tty EOF character, as <KBD>C-d</KBD>
+commonly is, see above for the effects.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX103"></A>
+<DT><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX104"></A>
+Delete the character behind the cursor. A numeric argument means
+to kill the characters instead of deleting them.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX105"></A>
+<DT><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX106"></A>
+Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
+end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
+deleted. By default, this is not bound to a key.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX107"></A>
+<DT><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX108"></A>
+Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is
+how to insert key sequences like <KBD>C-q</KBD>, for example.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX109"></A>
+<DT><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX110"></A>
+Insert a tab character.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX111"></A>
+<DT><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX112"></A>
+Insert yourself.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX113"></A>
+<DT><CODE>bracketed-paste-begin ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX114"></A>
+This function is intended to be bound to the "bracketed paste" escape
+sequence sent by some terminals, and such a binding is assigned by default.
+It allows Readline to insert the pasted text as a single unit without treating
+each character as if it had been read from the keyboard. The characters
+are inserted as if each one was bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE> instead of
+executing any editing commands.
+<P>
+
+Bracketed paste sets the region (the characters between point and the mark)
+to the inserted text. It uses the concept of an <EM>active mark</EM>: when the
+mark is active, Readline redisplay uses the terminal's standout mode to
+denote the region.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX115"></A>
+<DT><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX116"></A>
+Drag the character before the cursor forward over
+the character at the cursor, moving the
+cursor forward as well. If the insertion point
+is at the end of the line, then this
+transposes the last two characters of the line.
+Negative arguments have no effect.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX117"></A>
+<DT><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX118"></A>
+Drag the word before point past the word after point,
+moving point past that word as well.
+If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
+the last two words on the line.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX119"></A>
+<DT><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX120"></A>
+Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
+uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX121"></A>
+<DT><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX122"></A>
+Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
+lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX123"></A>
+<DT><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX124"></A>
+Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
+capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX125"></A>
+<DT><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX126"></A>
+Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument,
+switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric
+argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only
+<CODE>emacs</CODE> mode; <CODE>vi</CODE> mode does overwrite differently.
+Each call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> starts in insert mode.
+<P>
+
+In overwrite mode, characters bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE> replace
+the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
+Characters bound to <CODE>backward-delete-char</CODE> replace the character
+before point with a space.
+</P><P>
+
+By default, this command is unbound.
+</P><P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Commands For Killing"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC17"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.4.4 Killing And Yanking </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC17::-->
+<P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<A NAME="IDX127"></A>
+<DT><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX128"></A>
+Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
+With a negative numeric argument, kill backward from the cursor to the
+beginning of the current line.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX129"></A>
+<DT><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX130"></A>
+Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
+With a negative numeric argument, kill forward from the cursor to the
+end of the current line.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX131"></A>
+<DT><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX132"></A>
+Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX133"></A>
+<DT><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX134"></A>
+Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
+By default, this is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX135"></A>
+<DT><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX136"></A>
+Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX137"></A>
+<DT><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX138"></A>
+Kill the word behind point.
+Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX139"></A>
+<DT><CODE>shell-transpose-words (M-C-t)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX140"></A>
+Drag the word before point past the word after point,
+moving point past that word as well.
+If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
+the last two words on the line.
+Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>shell-forward-word</CODE> and
+<CODE>shell-backward-word</CODE>.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX141"></A>
+<DT><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX142"></A>
+Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX143"></A>
+<DT><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX144"></A>
+Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
+as the word boundaries.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX145"></A>
+<DT><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX146"></A>
+Delete all spaces and tabs around point. By default, this is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX147"></A>
+<DT><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX148"></A>
+Kill the text in the current region.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX149"></A>
+<DT><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX150"></A>
+Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked
+right away. By default, this command is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX151"></A>
+<DT><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX152"></A>
+Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX153"></A>
+<DT><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX154"></A>
+Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX155"></A>
+<DT><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX156"></A>
+Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX157"></A>
+<DT><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX158"></A>
+Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if
+the prior command is <CODE>yank</CODE> or <CODE>yank-pop</CODE>.
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Numeric Arguments"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC18"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC18::-->
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<A NAME="IDX159"></A>
+<DT><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX160"></A>
+Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
+argument. <KBD>M--</KBD> starts a negative argument.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX161"></A>
+<DT><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX162"></A>
+This is another way to specify an argument.
+If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
+leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
+If the command is followed by digits, executing <CODE>universal-argument</CODE>
+again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
+As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
+character that is neither a digit nor minus sign, the argument count
+for the next command is multiplied by four.
+The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
+first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
+argument count sixteen, and so on.
+By default, this is not bound to a key.
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Commands For Completion"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC19"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC19::-->
+<P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<A NAME="IDX163"></A>
+<DT><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX164"></A>
+Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
+The actual completion performed is application-specific.
+The default is filename completion.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX165"></A>
+<DT><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX166"></A>
+List the possible completions of the text before point.
+When displaying completions, Readline sets the number of columns used
+for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
+the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX167"></A>
+<DT><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX168"></A>
+Insert all completions of the text before point that would have
+been generated by <CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX169"></A>
+<DT><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX170"></A>
+Similar to <CODE>complete</CODE>, but replaces the word to be completed
+with a single match from the list of possible completions.
+Repeated execution of <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> steps through the list
+of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
+At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
+(subject to the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>)
+and the original text is restored.
+An argument of <VAR>n</VAR> moves <VAR>n</VAR> positions forward in the list
+of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
+through the list.
+This command is intended to be bound to <KBD>TAB</KBD>, but is unbound
+by default.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX171"></A>
+<DT><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX172"></A>
+Identical to <CODE>menu-complete</CODE>, but moves backward through the list
+of possible completions, as if <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> had been given a
+negative argument.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX173"></A>
+<DT><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX174"></A>
+Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
+end of the line (like <CODE>delete-char</CODE>).
+If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
+<CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
+This command is unbound by default.
+<P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Keyboard Macros"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC20"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.4.7 Keyboard Macros </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC20::-->
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<A NAME="IDX175"></A>
+<DT><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX176"></A>
+Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX177"></A>
+<DT><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX178"></A>
+Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
+and save the definition.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX179"></A>
+<DT><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX180"></A>
+Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
+in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX181"></A>
+<DT><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX182"></A>
+Print the last keboard macro defined in a format suitable for the
+<VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.
+<P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Miscellaneous Commands"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC21"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC21::-->
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<A NAME="IDX183"></A>
+<DT><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX184"></A>
+Read in the contents of the <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file, and incorporate
+any bindings or variable assignments found there.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX185"></A>
+<DT><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX186"></A>
+Abort the current editing command and
+ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
+<CODE>bell-style</CODE>).
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX187"></A>
+<DT><CODE>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX188"></A>
+If the metafied character <VAR>x</VAR> is upper case, run the command
+that is bound to the corresponding metafied lower case character.
+The behavior is undefined if <VAR>x</VAR> is already lower case.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX189"></A>
+<DT><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX190"></A>
+Metafy the next character typed. This is for keyboards
+without a meta key. Typing <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> f'</SAMP> is equivalent to typing
+<KBD>M-f</KBD>.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX191"></A>
+<DT><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX192"></A>
+Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX193"></A>
+<DT><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX194"></A>
+Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the <CODE>undo</CODE>
+command enough times to get back to the beginning.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX195"></A>
+<DT><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX196"></A>
+Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX197"></A>
+<DT><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX198"></A>
+Set the mark to the point. If a
+numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX199"></A>
+<DT><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX200"></A>
+Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to
+the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX201"></A>
+<DT><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX202"></A>
+A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
+character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX203"></A>
+<DT><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX204"></A>
+A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence
+of that character. A negative count searches for subsequent
+occurrences.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX205"></A>
+<DT><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX206"></A>
+Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those
+defined for keys like Home and End. Such sequences begin with a
+Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC-[. If this sequence is
+bound to "\e[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect
+unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting
+stray characters into the editing buffer. This is unbound by default,
+but usually bound to ESC-[.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX207"></A>
+<DT><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX208"></A>
+Without a numeric argument, the value of the <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
+variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if
+the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
+of <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>, the value is inserted, otherwise
+the characters in <CODE>comment-begin</CODE> are deleted from the beginning of
+the line.
+In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX209"></A>
+<DT><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX210"></A>
+Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
+Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This command is unbound by default.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX211"></A>
+<DT><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX212"></A>
+Print all of the settable variables and their values to the
+Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This command is unbound by default.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX213"></A>
+<DT><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX214"></A>
+Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the
+strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This command is unbound by default.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX215"></A>
+<DT><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX216"></A>
+When in <CODE>vi</CODE> command mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>emacs</CODE>
+editing mode.
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX217"></A>
+<DT><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE>
+<DD><A NAME="IDX218"></A>
+When in <CODE>emacs</CODE> editing mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>vi</CODE>
+editing mode.
+<P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline vi Mode"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC22"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 1.5 Readline vi Mode </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC22::-->
+<P>
+
+While the Readline library does not have a full set of <CODE>vi</CODE>
+editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing
+of the line. The Readline <CODE>vi</CODE> mode behaves as specified in
+the POSIX standard.
+</P><P>
+
+In order to switch interactively between <CODE>emacs</CODE> and <CODE>vi</CODE>
+editing modes, use the command <KBD>M-C-j</KBD> (bound to emacs-editing-mode
+when in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode and to vi-editing-mode in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode).
+The Readline default is <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
+</P><P>
+
+When you enter a line in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode, you are already placed in
+`insertion' mode, as if you had typed an <SAMP>`i'</SAMP>. Pressing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
+switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the
+line with the standard <CODE>vi</CODE> movement keys, move to previous
+history lines with <SAMP>`k'</SAMP> and subsequent lines with <SAMP>`j'</SAMP>, and
+so forth.
+</P><P>
+
+This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding
+in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
+to provide a command line interface.
+</P><P>
+
+Copyright (C) 1988--2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+</P><P>
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+pare preserved on all copies.
+</P><P>
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+</P><P>
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Programming with GNU Readline"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC23"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H1> 2. Programming with GNU Readline </H1>
+<!--docid::SEC23::-->
+<P>
+
+This chapter describes the interface between the GNU Readline Library and
+other programs. If you are a programmer, and you wish to include the
+features found in GNU Readline
+such as completion, line editing, and interactive history manipulation
+in your own programs, this section is for you.
+</P><P>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using the default behavior of Readline.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Adding your own functions to Readline.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables accessible to custom
+ functions.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions which Readline supplies to
+ aid in writing your own custom
+ functions.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How Readline behaves when it receives signals.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Supplanting or supplementing Readline's
+ completion functions.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Basic Behavior"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC24"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 2.1 Basic Behavior </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC24::-->
+<P>
+
+Many programs provide a command line interface, such as <CODE>mail</CODE>,
+<CODE>ftp</CODE>, and <CODE>sh</CODE>. For such programs, the default behaviour of
+Readline is sufficient. This section describes how to use Readline in
+the simplest way possible, perhaps to replace calls in your code to
+<CODE>gets()</CODE> or <CODE>fgets()</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX219"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX220"></A>
+</P><P>
+
+The function <CODE>readline()</CODE> prints a prompt <VAR>prompt</VAR>
+and then reads and returns a single line of text from the user.
+If <VAR>prompt</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE> or the empty string, no prompt is displayed.
+The line <CODE>readline</CODE> returns is allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>;
+the caller should <CODE>free()</CODE> the line when it has finished with it.
+The declaration for <CODE>readline</CODE> in ANSI C is
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *readline (const char *<VAR>prompt</VAR>);</CODE>
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+So, one might say
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *line = readline ("Enter a line: ");</CODE>
+</pre></td></tr></table>in order to read a line of text from the user.
+The line returned has the final newline removed, so only the
+text remains.
+</P><P>
+
+If <CODE>readline</CODE> encounters an <CODE>EOF</CODE> while reading the line, and the
+line is empty at that point, then <CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> is returned.
+Otherwise, the line is ended just as if a newline had been typed.
+</P><P>
+
+Readline performs some expansion on the <VAR>prompt</VAR> before it is
+displayed on the screen. See the description of <CODE>rl_expand_prompt</CODE>
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>) for additional details, especially if <VAR>prompt</VAR>
+will contain characters that do not consume physical screen space when
+displayed.
+</P><P>
+
+If you want the user to be able to get at the line later, (with
+<KBD>C-p</KBD> for example), you must call <CODE>add_history()</CODE> to save the
+line away in a <EM>history</EM> list of such lines.
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>add_history (line)</CODE>;
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+For full details on the GNU History Library, see the associated manual.
+</P><P>
+
+It is preferable to avoid saving empty lines on the history list, since
+users rarely have a burning need to reuse a blank line. Here is
+a function which usefully replaces the standard <CODE>gets()</CODE> library
+function, and has the advantage of no static buffer to overflow:
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* A static variable for holding the line. */
+static char *line_read = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* Read a string, and return a pointer to it.
+ Returns NULL on EOF. */
+char *
+rl_gets ()
+{
+ /* If the buffer has already been allocated,
+ return the memory to the free pool. */
+ if (line_read)
+ {
+ free (line_read);
+ line_read = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Get a line from the user. */
+ line_read = readline ("");
+
+ /* If the line has any text in it,
+ save it on the history. */
+ if (line_read &#38;&#38; *line_read)
+ add_history (line_read);
+
+ return (line_read);
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+This function gives the user the default behaviour of <KBD>TAB</KBD>
+completion: completion on file names. If you do not want Readline to
+complete on filenames, you can change the binding of the <KBD>TAB</KBD> key
+with <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int rl_bind_key (int <VAR>key</VAR>, rl_command_func_t *<VAR>function</VAR>);</CODE>
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+<CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> takes two arguments: <VAR>key</VAR> is the character that
+you want to bind, and <VAR>function</VAR> is the address of the function to
+call when <VAR>key</VAR> is pressed. Binding <KBD>TAB</KBD> to <CODE>rl_insert()</CODE>
+makes <KBD>TAB</KBD> insert itself.
+<CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> returns non-zero if <VAR>key</VAR> is not a valid
+ASCII character code (between 0 and 255).
+</P><P>
+
+Thus, to disable the default <KBD>TAB</KBD> behavior, the following suffices:
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>rl_bind_key ('\t', rl_insert);</CODE>
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+This code should be executed once at the start of your program; you
+might write a function called <CODE>initialize_readline()</CODE> which
+performs this and other desired initializations, such as installing
+custom completers (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A>).
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Custom Functions"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC25"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 2.2 Custom Functions </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC25::-->
+<P>
+
+Readline provides many functions for manipulating the text of
+the line, but it isn't possible to anticipate the needs of all
+programs. This section describes the various functions and variables
+defined within the Readline library which allow a user program to add
+customized functionality to Readline.
+</P><P>
+
+Before declaring any functions that customize Readline's behavior, or
+using any functionality Readline provides in other code, an
+application writer should include the file <CODE>&#60;readline/readline.h&#62;</CODE>
+in any file that uses Readline's features. Since some of the definitions
+in <CODE>readline.h</CODE> use the <CODE>stdio</CODE> library, the file
+<CODE>&#60;stdio.h&#62;</CODE> should be included before <CODE>readline.h</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+<CODE>readline.h</CODE> defines a C preprocessor variable that should
+be treated as an integer, <CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE>, which may
+be used to conditionally compile application code depending on
+the installed Readline version. The value is a hexadecimal
+encoding of the major and minor version numbers of the library,
+of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>. <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major
+version number; <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number.
+For Readline 4.2, for example, the value of
+<CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE> would be <CODE>0x0402</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">C declarations to make code readable.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables and calling conventions.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Typedefs"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC26"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.2.1 Readline Typedefs </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC26::-->
+<P>
+
+For readability, we declare a number of new object types, all pointers
+to functions.
+</P><P>
+
+The reason for declaring these new types is to make it easier to write
+code describing pointers to C functions with appropriately prototyped
+arguments and return values.
+</P><P>
+
+For instance, say we want to declare a variable <VAR>func</VAR> as a pointer
+to a function which takes two <CODE>int</CODE> arguments and returns an
+<CODE>int</CODE> (this is the type of all of the Readline bindable functions).
+Instead of the classic C declaration
+</P><P>
+
+<CODE>int (*func)();</CODE>
+</P><P>
+
+or the ANSI-C style declaration
+</P><P>
+
+<CODE>int (*func)(int, int);</CODE>
+</P><P>
+
+we may write
+</P><P>
+
+<CODE>rl_command_func_t *func;</CODE>
+</P><P>
+
+The full list of function pointer types available is
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_command_func_t (int, int);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t (const char *, int);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef char **rl_completion_func_t (const char *, int, int);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_quote_func_t (char *, int, char *);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_compignore_func_t (char **);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t (char **, int, int);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_hook_func_t (void);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_getc_func_t (FILE *);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_intfunc_t (int);</CODE>
+<DD><DT><CODE>#define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t</CODE>
+<DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
+<DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+<DT><CODE>typedef void rl_voidfunc_t (void);</CODE>
+<DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vintfunc_t (int);</CODE>
+<DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
+<DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
+<DD><P>
+
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Function Writing"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC27"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.2.2 Writing a New Function </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC27::-->
+<P>
+
+In order to write new functions for Readline, you need to know the
+calling conventions for keyboard-invoked functions, and the names of the
+variables that describe the current state of the line read so far.
+</P><P>
+
+The calling sequence for a command <CODE>foo</CODE> looks like
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int foo (int count, int key)</CODE>
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+where <VAR>count</VAR> is the numeric argument (or 1 if defaulted) and
+<VAR>key</VAR> is the key that invoked this function.
+</P><P>
+
+It is completely up to the function as to what should be done with the
+numeric argument. Some functions use it as a repeat count, some
+as a flag, and others to choose alternate behavior (refreshing the current
+line as opposed to refreshing the screen, for example). Some choose to
+ignore it. In general, if a
+function uses the numeric argument as a repeat count, it should be able
+to do something useful with both negative and positive arguments.
+At the very least, it should be aware that it can be passed a
+negative argument.
+</P><P>
+
+A command function should return 0 if its action completes successfully,
+and a value greater than zero if some error occurs.
+This is the convention obeyed by all of the builtin Readline bindable
+command functions.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Variables"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC28"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 2.3 Readline Variables </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC28::-->
+<P>
+
+These variables are available to function writers.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX221"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_line_buffer</B>
+<DD>This is the line gathered so far. You are welcome to modify the
+contents of the line, but see <A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>. The
+function <CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE> is available to increase
+the memory allocated to <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX222"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_point</B>
+<DD>The offset of the current cursor position in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>
+(the <EM>point</EM>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX223"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_end</B>
+<DD>The number of characters present in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>. When
+<CODE>rl_point</CODE> is at the end of the line, <CODE>rl_point</CODE> and
+<CODE>rl_end</CODE> are equal.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX224"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_mark</B>
+<DD>The <VAR>mark</VAR> (saved position) in the current line. If set, the mark
+and point define a <EM>region</EM>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX225"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_done</B>
+<DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to return the current
+line immediately.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX226"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_num_chars_to_read</B>
+<DD>Setting this to a positive value before calling <CODE>readline()</CODE> causes
+Readline to return after accepting that many characters, rather
+than reading up to a character bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX227"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_pending_input</B>
+<DD>Setting this to a value makes it the next keystroke read. This is a
+way to stuff a single character into the input stream.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX228"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_dispatching</B>
+<DD>Set to a non-zero value if a function is being called from a key binding;
+zero otherwise. Application functions can test this to discover whether
+they were called directly or by Readline's dispatching mechanism.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX229"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_erase_empty_line</B>
+<DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to completely erase
+the current line, including any prompt, any time a newline is typed as
+the only character on an otherwise-empty line. The cursor is moved to
+the beginning of the newly-blank line.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX230"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_prompt</B>
+<DD>The prompt Readline uses. This is set from the argument to
+<CODE>readline()</CODE>, and should not be assigned to directly.
+The <CODE>rl_set_prompt()</CODE> function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>) may
+be used to modify the prompt string after calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX231"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_display_prompt</B>
+<DD>The string displayed as the prompt. This is usually identical to
+<VAR>rl_prompt</VAR>, but may be changed temporarily by functions that
+use the prompt string as a message area, such as incremental search.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX232"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_already_prompted</B>
+<DD>If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have
+Readline do it the first time <CODE>readline()</CODE> is called, it should set
+this variable to a non-zero value after displaying the prompt.
+The prompt must also be passed as the argument to <CODE>readline()</CODE> so
+the redisplay functions can update the display properly.
+The calling application is responsible for managing the value; Readline
+never sets it.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX233"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_library_version</B>
+<DD>The version number of this revision of the library.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX234"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_version</B>
+<DD>An integer encoding the current version of the library. The encoding is
+of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>, where <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major version
+number, and <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number.
+For example, for Readline-4.2, <CODE>rl_readline_version</CODE> would have the
+value 0x0402.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX235"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_gnu_readline_p</B>
+<DD>Always set to 1, denoting that this is GNU readline rather than some
+emulation.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX236"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_terminal_name</B>
+<DD>The terminal type, used for initialization. If not set by the application,
+Readline sets this to the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE> environment variable
+the first time it is called.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX237"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_readline_name</B>
+<DD>This variable is set to a unique name by each application using Readline.
+The value allows conditional parsing of the inputrc file
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX238"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_instream</B>
+<DD>The stdio stream from which Readline reads input.
+If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdin</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX239"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_outstream</B>
+<DD>The stdio stream to which Readline performs output.
+If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdout</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX240"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_prefer_env_winsize</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, Readline gives values found in the <CODE>LINES</CODE> and
+<CODE>COLUMNS</CODE> environment variables greater precedence than values fetched
+from the kernel when computing the screen dimensions.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX241"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_last_func</B>
+<DD>The address of the last command function Readline executed. May be used to
+test whether or not a function is being executed twice in succession, for
+example.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX242"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_startup_hook</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just
+before <CODE>readline</CODE> prints the first prompt.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX243"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_pre_input_hook</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call after
+the first prompt has been printed and just before <CODE>readline</CODE>
+starts reading input characters.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX244"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_event_hook</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call periodically
+when Readline is waiting for terminal input.
+By default, this will be called at most ten times a second if there
+is no keyboard input.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX245"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_getc_func_t * <B>rl_getc_function</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to get a character from the input stream. By default, it is set to
+<CODE>rl_getc</CODE>, the default Readline character input function
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>).
+In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider
+setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX246"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_signal_event_hook</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call if a read system
+call is interrupted when Readline is reading terminal input.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX247"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_input_available_hook</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, Readline will use this function's return value when it needs
+to determine whether or not there is available input on the current input
+source.
+The default hook checks <CODE>rl_instream</CODE>; if an application is using a
+different input source, it should set the hook appropriately.
+Readline queries for available input when implementing intra-key-sequence
+timeouts during input and incremental searches.
+This may use an application-specific timeout before returning a value;
+Readline uses the value passed to <CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout()</CODE>
+or the value of the user-settable <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR> variable.
+This is designed for use by applications using Readline's callback interface
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>), which may not use the traditional
+<CODE>read(2)</CODE> and file descriptor interface, or other applications using
+a different input mechanism.
+If an application uses an input mechanism or hook that can potentially exceed
+the value of <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR>, it should increase the timeout or set
+this hook appropriately even when not using the callback interface.
+In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider
+setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX248"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_redisplay_function</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to update the display with the current contents of the editing buffer.
+By default, it is set to <CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE>, the default Readline
+redisplay function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX249"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_vintfunc_t * <B>rl_prep_term_function</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to initialize the terminal. The function takes a single argument, an
+<CODE>int</CODE> flag that says whether or not to use eight-bit characters.
+By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE>
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX250"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_deprep_term_function</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to reset the terminal. This function should undo the effects of
+<CODE>rl_prep_term_function</CODE>.
+By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE>
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX251"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_executing_keymap</B>
+<DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
+currently executing readline function was found.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX252"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_binding_keymap</B>
+<DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
+last key binding occurred.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX253"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_macro</B>
+<DD>This variable is set to the text of any currently-executing macro.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX254"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_executing_key</B>
+<DD>The key that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing Readline function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX255"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_keyseq</B>
+<DD>The full key sequence that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing
+Readline function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX256"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_key_sequence_length</B>
+<DD>The number of characters in <VAR>rl_executing_keyseq</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX257"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_state</B>
+<DD>A variable with bit values that encapsulate the current Readline state.
+A bit is set with the <CODE>RL_SETSTATE</CODE> macro, and unset with the
+<CODE>RL_UNSETSTATE</CODE> macro. Use the <CODE>RL_ISSTATE</CODE> macro to test
+whether a particular state bit is set. Current state bits include:
+</P><P>
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NONE</CODE>
+<DD>Readline has not yet been called, nor has it begun to initialize.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZING</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is initializing its internal data structures.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZED</CODE>
+<DD>Readline has completed its initialization.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED</CODE>
+<DD>Readline has modified the terminal modes to do its own input and redisplay.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_READCMD</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is reading a command from the keyboard.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_METANEXT</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is reading more input after reading the meta-prefix character.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DISPATCHING</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is dispatching to a command.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MOREINPUT</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is reading more input while executing an editing command.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_ISEARCH</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is performing an incremental history search.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NSEARCH</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is performing a non-incremental history search.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SEARCH</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is searching backward or forward through the history for a string.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NUMERICARG</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is reading a numeric argument.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACROINPUT</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is currently getting its input from a previously-defined keyboard
+macro.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACRODEF</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is currently reading characters defining a keyboard macro.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_OVERWRITE</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is in overwrite mode.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_COMPLETING</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is performing word completion.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is currently executing the readline signal handler.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_UNDOING</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is performing an undo.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING</CODE>
+<DD>Readline has input pending due to a call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED</CODE>
+<DD>Readline has saved the values of the terminal's special characters.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_CALLBACK</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is currently using the alternate (callback) interface
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>).
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VIMOTION</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is reading the argument to a vi-mode "motion" command.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MULTIKEY</CODE>
+<DD>Readline is reading a multiple-keystroke command.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VICMDONCE</CODE>
+<DD>Readline has entered vi command (movement) mode at least one time during
+the current call to <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
+<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DONE</CODE>
+<DD>Readline has read a key sequence bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>
+and is about to return the line to the caller.
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX258"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_explicit_arg</B>
+<DD>Set to a non-zero value if an explicit numeric argument was specified by
+the user. Only valid in a bindable command function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX259"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_numeric_arg</B>
+<DD>Set to the value of any numeric argument explicitly specified by the user
+before executing the current Readline function. Only valid in a bindable
+command function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX260"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_editing_mode</B>
+<DD>Set to a value denoting Readline's current editing mode. A value of
+<VAR>1</VAR> means Readline is currently in emacs mode; <VAR>0</VAR>
+means that vi mode is active.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Convenience Functions"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC29"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 2.4 Readline Convenience Functions </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC29::-->
+<P>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to give a function you write a name.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Making keymaps.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Changing Keymaps.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Translate function names to
+ key sequences.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to make your functions undoable.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to control line display.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to modify <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to read keyboard input.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to manage terminal settings.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Generally useful functions and hooks.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions that don't fall into any category.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using Readline in a `callback' fashion.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example Readline function.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example program using the alternate interface.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="Function Naming"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC30"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.1 Naming a Function </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC30::-->
+<P>
+
+The user can dynamically change the bindings of keys while using
+Readline. This is done by representing the function with a descriptive
+name. The user is able to type the descriptive name when referring to
+the function. Thus, in an init file, one might find
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+This binds the keystroke <KBD>Meta-Rubout</KBD> to the function
+<EM>descriptively</EM> named <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>. You, as the
+programmer, should bind the functions you write to descriptive names as
+well. Readline provides a function for doing that:
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX261"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_defun</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)</I>
+<DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of named functions. Make <VAR>function</VAR> be
+the function that gets called. If <VAR>key</VAR> is not -1, then bind it to
+<VAR>function</VAR> using <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications.
+It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default
+functions that Readline has built in.
+If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline,
+you may need to use the underlying functions described below.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Keymaps"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC31"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC31::-->
+<P>
+
+Key bindings take place on a <EM>keymap</EM>. The keymap is the
+association between the keys that the user types and the functions that
+get run. You can make your own keymaps, copy existing keymaps, and tell
+Readline which keymap to use.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX262"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_bare_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Returns a new, empty keymap. The space for the keymap is allocated with
+<CODE>malloc()</CODE>; the caller should free it by calling
+<CODE>rl_free_keymap()</CODE> when done.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX263"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_copy_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Return a new keymap which is a copy of <VAR>map</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX264"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
+the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and
+the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX265"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_discard_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
+<DD>Free the storage associated with the data in <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
+The caller should free <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX266"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
+<DD>Free all storage associated with <VAR>keymap</VAR>. This calls
+<CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE> to free subordindate keymaps and macros.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX267"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_empty_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
+<DD>Return non-zero if there are no keys bound to functions in <VAR>keymap</VAR>;
+zero if there are any keys bound.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+Readline has several internal keymaps. These functions allow you to
+change which keymap is active.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX268"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Returns the currently active keymap.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX269"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
+<DD>Makes <VAR>keymap</VAR> the currently active keymap.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX270"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap_by_name</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
+<DD>Return the keymap matching <VAR>name</VAR>. <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
+be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX271"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_keymap_name</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
+<DD>Return the name matching <VAR>keymap</VAR>. <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
+be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX272"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_keymap_name</B> <I>(const char *name, Keymap keymap)</I>
+<DD>Set the name of <VAR>keymap</VAR>. This name will then be "registered" and
+available for use in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc directive
+see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
+The <VAR>name</VAR> may not be one of Readline's builtin keymap names;
+you may not add a different name for one of Readline's builtin keymaps.
+You may replace the name associated with a given keymap by calling this
+function more than once with the same <VAR>keymap</VAR> argument.
+You may associate a registered <VAR>name</VAR> with a new keymap by calling this
+function more than once with the same <VAR>name</VAR> argument.
+There is no way to remove a named keymap once the name has been
+registered.
+Readline will make a copy of <VAR>name</VAR>.
+The return value is greater than zero unless <VAR>name</VAR> is one of
+Readline's builtin keymap names or <VAR>keymap</VAR> is one of Readline's
+builtin keymaps.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Binding Keys"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC32"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.3 Binding Keys </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC32::-->
+<P>
+
+Key sequences are associate with functions through the keymap.
+Readline has several internal keymaps: <CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE>,
+<CODE>emacs_meta_keymap</CODE>, <CODE>emacs_ctlx_keymap</CODE>,
+<CODE>vi_movement_keymap</CODE>, and <CODE>vi_insertion_keymap</CODE>.
+<CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE> is the default, and the examples in
+this manual assume that.
+</P><P>
+
+Since <CODE>readline()</CODE> installs a set of default key bindings the first
+time it is called, there is always the danger that a custom binding
+installed before the first call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> will be overridden.
+An alternate mechanism is to install custom key bindings in an
+initialization function assigned to the <CODE>rl_startup_hook</CODE> variable
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>).
+</P><P>
+
+These functions manage key bindings.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX273"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
+<DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in the currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX274"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX275"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
+<DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
+currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
+already bound.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX276"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
+already bound.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX277"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key</B> <I>(int key)</I>
+<DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in the currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in case of error.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX278"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in <VAR>map</VAR>.
+Returns non-zero in case of error.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX279"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_function_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Unbind all keys that execute <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX280"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_command_in_map</B> <I>(const char *command, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Unbind all keys that are bound to <VAR>command</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX281"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
+<DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
+<VAR>function</VAR>, beginning in the current keymap.
+This makes new keymaps as necessary.
+The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX282"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
+<VAR>function</VAR>. This makes new keymaps as necessary.
+Initial bindings are performed in <VAR>map</VAR>.
+The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX283"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_key</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Equivalent to <CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX284"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
+<DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
+currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
+already bound.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX285"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
+already bound.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX286"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_generic_bind</B> <I>(int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the arbitrary
+pointer <VAR>data</VAR>. <VAR>type</VAR> says what kind of data is pointed to by
+<VAR>data</VAR>; this can be a function (<CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>), a macro
+(<CODE>ISMACR</CODE>), or a keymap (<CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>). This makes new keymaps as
+necessary. The initial keymap in which to do bindings is <VAR>map</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX287"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_parse_and_bind</B> <I>(char *line)</I>
+<DD>Parse <VAR>line</VAR> as if it had been read from the <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and
+perform any key bindings and variable assignments found
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX288"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_init_file</B> <I>(const char *filename)</I>
+<DD>Read keybindings and variable assignments from <VAR>filename</VAR>
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Associating Function Names and Bindings"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC33"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC33::-->
+<P>
+
+These functions allow you to find out what keys invoke named functions
+and the functions invoked by a particular key sequence. You may also
+associate a new function name with an arbitrary function.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX289"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_named_function</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
+<DD>Return the function with name <VAR>name</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX290"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_function_of_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type)</I>
+<DD>Return the function invoked by <VAR>keyseq</VAR> in keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
+If <VAR>map</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the current keymap is used. If <VAR>type</VAR> is
+not <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the type of the object is returned in the <CODE>int</CODE> variable
+it points to (one of <CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>, <CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>, or <CODE>ISMACR</CODE>).
+It takes a "translated" key sequence and should not be used if the key sequence
+can include NUL.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX291"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_function_of_keyseq_len</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, size_t len, Keymap map, int *type)</I>
+<DD>Return the function invoked by <VAR>keyseq</VAR> of length <VAR>len</VAR>
+in keymap <VAR>map</VAR>. Equivalent to <CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq</CODE> with the
+addition of the <VAR>len</VAR> parameter.
+It takes a "translated" key sequence and should be used if the key sequence
+can include NUL.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX292"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
+<DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
+invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the current keymap.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX293"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
+invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX294"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_function_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
+<DD>Print the readline function names and the key sequences currently
+bound to them to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>. If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero,
+the list is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an
+<CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX295"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_list_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX296"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> const char ** <B>rl_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Return a NULL terminated array of known function names. The array is
+sorted. The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside. You
+should free the array, but not the pointers, using <CODE>free</CODE> or
+<CODE>rl_free</CODE> when you are done.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX297"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_funmap_entry</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
+<DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of bindable Readline command names, and make
+<VAR>function</VAR> the function to be called when <VAR>name</VAR> is invoked.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Allowing Undoing"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC34"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.5 Allowing Undoing </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC34::-->
+<P>
+
+Supporting the undo command is a painless thing, and makes your
+functions much more useful. It is certainly easy to try
+something if you know you can undo it.
+</P><P>
+
+If your function simply inserts text once, or deletes text once, and
+uses <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE> to do it, then
+undoing is already done for you automatically.
+</P><P>
+
+If you do multiple insertions or multiple deletions, or any combination
+of these operations, you should group them together into one operation.
+This is done with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
+<CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+The types of events that can be undone are:
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>enum undo_code { UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END };
+</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+Notice that <CODE>UNDO_DELETE</CODE> means to insert some text, and
+<CODE>UNDO_INSERT</CODE> means to delete some text. That is, the undo code
+tells what to undo, not how to undo it. <CODE>UNDO_BEGIN</CODE> and
+<CODE>UNDO_END</CODE> are tags added by <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
+<CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX298"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_begin_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Begins saving undo information in a group construct. The undo
+information usually comes from calls to <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> and
+<CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE>, but could be the result of calls to
+<CODE>rl_add_undo()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX299"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_end_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Closes the current undo group started with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group
+()</CODE>. There should be one call to <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>
+for each call to <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX300"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_add_undo</B> <I>(enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)</I>
+<DD>Remember how to undo an event (according to <VAR>what</VAR>). The affected
+text runs from <VAR>start</VAR> to <VAR>end</VAR>, and encompasses <VAR>text</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX301"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_undo_list</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Free the existing undo list.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX302"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_do_undo</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Undo the first thing on the undo list. Returns <CODE>0</CODE> if there was
+nothing to undo, non-zero if something was undone.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+Finally, if you neither insert nor delete text, but directly modify the
+existing text (e.g., change its case), call <CODE>rl_modifying()</CODE>
+once, just before you modify the text. You must supply the indices of
+the text range that you are going to modify.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX303"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_modifying</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
+<DD>Tell Readline to save the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> as a
+single undo unit. It is assumed that you will subsequently modify
+that text.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Redisplay"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC35"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.6 Redisplay </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC35::-->
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX304"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_redisplay</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Change what's displayed on the screen to reflect the current contents
+of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX305"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_forced_update_display</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Force the line to be updated and redisplayed, whether or not
+Readline thinks the screen display is correct.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX306"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new (empty) line,
+usually after outputting a newline.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX307"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new line, with
+<VAR>rl_prompt</VAR> already displayed.
+This could be used by applications that want to output the prompt string
+themselves, but still need Readline to know the prompt string length for
+redisplay.
+It should be used after setting <VAR>rl_already_prompted</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX308"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_visible_line</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Clear the screen lines corresponding to the current line's contents.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX309"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Reset the display state to a clean state and redisplay the current line
+starting on a new line.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX310"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_crlf</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Move the cursor to the start of the next screen line.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX311"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_show_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>Display character <VAR>c</VAR> on <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
+If Readline has not been set to display meta characters directly, this
+will convert meta characters to a meta-prefixed key sequence.
+This is intended for use by applications which wish to do their own
+redisplay.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX312"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_message</B> <I>(const char *, <small>...</small>)</I>
+<DD>The arguments are a format string as would be supplied to <CODE>printf</CODE>,
+possibly containing conversion specifications such as <SAMP>`%d'</SAMP>, and
+any additional arguments necessary to satisfy the conversion specifications.
+The resulting string is displayed in the <EM>echo area</EM>. The echo area
+is also used to display numeric arguments and search strings.
+You should call <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> to save the prompt information
+before calling this function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX313"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_message</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Clear the message in the echo area. If the prompt was saved with a call to
+<CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> before the last call to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>,
+call <CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE> before calling this function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX314"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_save_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Save the local Readline prompt display state in preparation for
+displaying a new message in the message area with <CODE>rl_message()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX315"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_restore_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Restore the local Readline prompt display state saved by the most
+recent call to <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE>.
+if <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> was called to save the prompt before a call
+to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>, this function should be called before the
+corresponding call to <CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX316"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_expand_prompt</B> <I>(char *prompt)</I>
+<DD>Expand any special character sequences in <VAR>prompt</VAR> and set up the
+local Readline prompt redisplay variables.
+This function is called by <CODE>readline()</CODE>. It may also be called to
+expand the primary prompt if the <CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()</CODE>
+function or <CODE>rl_already_prompted</CODE> variable is used.
+It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the
+(possibly multi-line) prompt.
+Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take
+up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of
+such characters with the special markers <CODE>RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE</CODE>
+and <CODE>RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE</CODE> (declared in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>). This may
+be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX317"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_prompt</B> <I>(const char *prompt)</I>
+<DD>Make Readline use <VAR>prompt</VAR> for subsequent redisplay. This calls
+<CODE>rl_expand_prompt()</CODE> to expand the prompt and sets <CODE>rl_prompt</CODE>
+to the result.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Modifying Text"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC36"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.7 Modifying Text </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC36::-->
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX318"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_text</B> <I>(const char *text)</I>
+<DD>Insert <VAR>text</VAR> into the line at the current cursor position.
+Returns the number of characters inserted.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX319"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_delete_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
+<DD>Delete the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line.
+Returns the number of characters deleted.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX320"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_copy_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
+<DD>Return a copy of the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in
+the current line.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX321"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_kill_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
+<DD>Copy the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line
+to the kill ring, appending or prepending to the last kill if the
+last command was a kill command. The text is deleted.
+If <VAR>start</VAR> is less than <VAR>end</VAR>,
+the text is appended, otherwise prepended. If the last command was
+not a kill, a new kill ring slot is used.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX322"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_push_macro_input</B> <I>(char *macro)</I>
+<DD>Cause <VAR>macro</VAR> to be inserted into the line, as if it had been invoked
+by a key bound to a macro. Not especially useful; use
+<CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> instead.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Character Input"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC37"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.8 Character Input </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC37::-->
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX323"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_key</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Return the next character available from Readline's current input stream.
+This handles input inserted into
+the input stream via <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR> (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>)
+and <CODE>rl_stuff_char()</CODE>, macros, and characters read from the keyboard.
+While waiting for input, this function will call any function assigned to
+the <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE> variable.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX324"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_getc</B> <I>(FILE *stream)</I>
+<DD>Return the next character available from <VAR>stream</VAR>, which is assumed to
+be the keyboard.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX325"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_stuff_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>Insert <VAR>c</VAR> into the Readline input stream. It will be "read"
+before Readline attempts to read characters from the terminal with
+<CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>. Up to 512 characters may be pushed back.
+<CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE> returns 1 if the character was successfully inserted;
+0 otherwise.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX326"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_execute_next</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>Make <VAR>c</VAR> be the next command to be executed when <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>
+is called. This sets <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX327"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_pending_input</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Unset <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>, effectively negating the effect of any
+previous call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>. This works only if the
+pending input has not already been read with <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX328"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
+<DD>While waiting for keyboard input in <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>, Readline will
+wait for <VAR>u</VAR> microseconds for input before calling any function
+assigned to <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE>. <VAR>u</VAR> must be greater than or equal
+to zero (a zero-length timeout is equivalent to a poll).
+The default waiting period is one-tenth of a second.
+Returns the old timeout value.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Terminal Management"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC38"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.9 Terminal Management </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC38::-->
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX329"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_prep_terminal</B> <I>(int meta_flag)</I>
+<DD>Modify the terminal settings for Readline's use, so <CODE>readline()</CODE>
+can read a single character at a time from the keyboard.
+The <VAR>meta_flag</VAR> argument should be non-zero if Readline should
+read eight-bit input.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX330"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_deprep_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Undo the effects of <CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>, leaving the terminal in
+the state in which it was before the most recent call to
+<CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX331"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
+<DD>Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be
+displayed by <CODE>stty</CODE>) to their Readline equivalents.
+The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX332"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
+<DD>Reset the bindings manipulated by <CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE> so
+that the terminal editing characters are bound to <CODE>rl_insert</CODE>.
+The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX333"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_tty_set_echoing</B> <I>(int value)</I>
+<DD>Set Readline's idea of whether or not it is echoing output to its output
+stream (<VAR>rl_outstream</VAR>). If <VAR>value</VAR> is 0, Readline does not display
+output to <VAR>rl_outstream</VAR>; any other value enables output. The initial
+value is set when Readline initializes the terminal settings.
+This function returns the previous value.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX334"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_terminal</B> <I>(const char *terminal_name)</I>
+<DD>Reinitialize Readline's idea of the terminal settings using
+<VAR>terminal_name</VAR> as the terminal type (e.g., <CODE>vt100</CODE>).
+If <VAR>terminal_name</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE>
+environment variable is used.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Utility Functions"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC39"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.10 Utility Functions </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC39::-->
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX335"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_save_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
+<DD>Save a snapshot of Readline's internal state to <VAR>sp</VAR>.
+The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
+in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
+The caller is responsible for allocating the structure.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX336"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_restore_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
+<DD>Restore Readline's internal state to that stored in <VAR>sp</VAR>, which must
+have been saved by a call to <CODE>rl_save_state</CODE>.
+The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
+in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
+The caller is responsible for freeing the structure.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX337"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free</B> <I>(void *mem)</I>
+<DD>Deallocate the memory pointed to by <VAR>mem</VAR>. <VAR>mem</VAR> must have been
+allocated by <CODE>malloc</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX338"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_replace_line</B> <I>(const char *text, int clear_undo)</I>
+<DD>Replace the contents of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> with <VAR>text</VAR>.
+The point and mark are preserved, if possible.
+If <VAR>clear_undo</VAR> is non-zero, the undo list associated with the
+current line is cleared.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX339"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_extend_line_buffer</B> <I>(int len)</I>
+<DD>Ensure that <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> has enough space to hold <VAR>len</VAR>
+characters, possibly reallocating it if necessary.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX340"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_initialize</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Initialize or re-initialize Readline's internal state.
+It's not strictly necessary to call this; <CODE>readline()</CODE> calls it before
+reading any input.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX341"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_ding</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Ring the terminal bell, obeying the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX342"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_alphabetic</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an alphabetic character.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX343"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_display_match_list</B> <I>(char **matches, int len, int max)</I>
+<DD>A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
+columnar format on Readline's output stream. <CODE>matches</CODE> is the list
+of strings, in argv format, such as a list of completion matches.
+<CODE>len</CODE> is the number of strings in <CODE>matches</CODE>, and <CODE>max</CODE>
+is the length of the longest string in <CODE>matches</CODE>. This function uses
+the setting of <CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE> to select how the
+matches are displayed (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
+When displaying completions, this function sets the number of columns used
+for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
+the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+The following are implemented as macros, defined in <CODE>chardefs.h</CODE>.
+Applications should refrain from using them.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX344"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_uppercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX345"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_lowercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX346"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a numeric character.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX347"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_upper</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
+uppercase character.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX348"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_lower</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
+lowercase character.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX349"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_value</B> <I>(int c)</I>
+<DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a number, return the value it represents.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Miscellaneous Functions"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC40"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC40::-->
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX350"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_macro_bind</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map)</I>
+<DD>Bind the key sequence <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to invoke the macro <VAR>macro</VAR>.
+The binding is performed in <VAR>map</VAR>. When <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invoked, the
+<VAR>macro</VAR> will be inserted into the line. This function is deprecated;
+use <CODE>rl_generic_bind()</CODE> instead.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX351"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_macro_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
+<DD>Print the key sequences bound to macros and their values, using
+the current keymap, to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
+If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
+that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX352"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_variable_bind</B> <I>(const char *variable, const char *value)</I>
+<DD>Make the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR> have <VAR>value</VAR>.
+This behaves as if the readline command
+<SAMP>`set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>'</SAMP> had been executed in an <CODE>inputrc</CODE>
+file (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX353"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_variable_value</B> <I>(const char *variable)</I>
+<DD>Return a string representing the value of the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR>.
+For boolean variables, this string is either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX354"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_variable_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
+<DD>Print the readline variable names and their current values
+to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
+If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
+that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX355"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
+<DD>Set the time interval (in microseconds) that Readline waits when showing
+a balancing character when <CODE>blink-matching-paren</CODE> has been enabled.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX356"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_termcap</B> <I>(const char *cap)</I>
+<DD>Retrieve the string value of the termcap capability <VAR>cap</VAR>.
+Readline fetches the termcap entry for the current terminal name and
+uses those capabilities to move around the screen line and perform other
+terminal-specific operations, like erasing a line. Readline does not
+use all of a terminal's capabilities, and this function will return
+values for only those capabilities Readline uses.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX357"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_clear_history</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Clear the history list by deleting all of the entries, in the same manner
+as the History library's <CODE>clear_history()</CODE> function.
+This differs from <CODE>clear_history</CODE> because it frees private data
+Readline saves in the history list.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX358"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_activate_mark</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Enable an <EM>active</EM> mark.
+When this is enabled, the text between point and mark (the <VAR>region</VAR>) is
+displayed in the terminal's standout mode (a <VAR>face</VAR>).
+This is called by various readline functions that set the mark and insert
+text, and is available for applications to call.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX359"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_deactivate_mark</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Turn off the active mark.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX360"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_keep_mark_active</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Indicate that the mark should remain active when the current readline function
+completes and after redisplay occurs.
+In most cases, the mark remains active for only the duration of a single
+bindable readline function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX361"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_mark_active_p</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Return a non-zero value if the mark is currently active; zero otherwise.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Alternate Interface"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC41"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.12 Alternate Interface </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC41::-->
+<P>
+
+An alternate interface is available to plain <CODE>readline()</CODE>. Some
+applications need to interleave keyboard I/O with file, device, or
+window system I/O, typically by using a main loop to <CODE>select()</CODE>
+on various file descriptors. To accommodate this need, readline can
+also be invoked as a `callback' function from an event loop. There
+are functions available to make this easy.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX362"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_install</B> <I>(const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *lhandler)</I>
+<DD>Set up the terminal for readline I/O and display the initial
+expanded value of <VAR>prompt</VAR>. Save the value of <VAR>lhandler</VAR> to
+use as a handler function to call when a complete line of input has been
+entered.
+The handler function receives the text of the line as an argument.
+As with <CODE>readline()</CODE>, the handler function should <CODE>free</CODE> the
+line when it it finished with it.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX363"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_read_char</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Whenever an application determines that keyboard input is available, it
+should call <CODE>rl_callback_read_char()</CODE>, which will read the next
+character from the current input source.
+If that character completes the line, <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE> will
+invoke the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function installed by
+<CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE> to process the line.
+Before calling the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function, the terminal settings are
+reset to the values they had before calling
+<CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>.
+If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function returns,
+and the line handler remains installed,
+the terminal settings are modified for Readline's use again.
+<CODE>EOF</CODE> is indicated by calling <VAR>lhandler</VAR> with a
+<CODE>NULL</CODE> line.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX364"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_sigcleanup</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Clean up any internal state the callback interface uses to maintain state
+between calls to rl_callback_read_char (e.g., the state of any active
+incremental searches). This is intended to be used by applications that
+wish to perform their own signal handling; Readline's internal signal handler
+calls this when appropriate.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX365"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_remove</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Restore the terminal to its initial state and remove the line handler.
+You may call this function from within a callback as well as independently.
+If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> installed by <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>
+does not exit the program, either this function or the function referred
+to by the value of <CODE>rl_deprep_term_function</CODE> should be called before
+the program exits to reset the terminal settings.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="A Readline Example"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC42"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.13 A Readline Example </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC42::-->
+<P>
+
+Here is a function which changes lowercase characters to their uppercase
+equivalents, and uppercase characters to lowercase. If
+this function was bound to <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP>, then typing <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP> would
+change the case of the character under point. Typing <SAMP>`M-1 0 M-c'</SAMP>
+would change the case of the following 10 characters, leaving the cursor on
+the last character changed.
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */
+int
+invert_case_line (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ register int start, end, i;
+
+ start = rl_point;
+
+ if (rl_point &#62;= rl_end)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (count &#60; 0)
+ {
+ direction = -1;
+ count = -count;
+ }
+ else
+ direction = 1;
+
+ /* Find the end of the range to modify. */
+ end = start + (count * direction);
+
+ /* Force it to be within range. */
+ if (end &#62; rl_end)
+ end = rl_end;
+ else if (end &#60; 0)
+ end = 0;
+
+ if (start == end)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (start &#62; end)
+ {
+ int temp = start;
+ start = end;
+ end = temp;
+ }
+
+ /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line,
+ so it will save the undo information. */
+ rl_modifying (start, end);
+
+ for (i = start; i != end; i++)
+ {
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
+ rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[i]);
+ else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
+ rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[i]);
+ }
+ /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */
+ rl_point = (direction == 1) ? end - 1 : start;
+ return (0);
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Alternate Interface Example"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC43"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC43::-->
+<P>
+
+Here is a complete program that illustrates Readline's alternate interface.
+It reads lines from the terminal and displays them, providing the
+standard history and TAB completion functions.
+It understands the EOF character or "exit" to exit the program.
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* Standard include files. stdio.h is required. */
+#include &#60;stdlib.h&#62;
+#include &#60;string.h&#62;
+#include &#60;unistd.h&#62;
+#include &#60;locale.h&#62;
+
+/* Used for select(2) */
+#include &#60;sys/types.h&#62;
+#include &#60;sys/select.h&#62;
+
+#include &#60;signal.h&#62;
+
+#include &#60;stdio.h&#62;
+
+/* Standard readline include files. */
+#include &#60;readline/readline.h&#62;
+#include &#60;readline/history.h&#62;
+
+static void cb_linehandler (char *);
+static void sighandler (int);
+
+int running;
+int sigwinch_received;
+const char *prompt = "rltest$ ";
+
+/* Handle SIGWINCH and window size changes when readline is not active and
+ reading a character. */
+static void
+sighandler (int sig)
+{
+ sigwinch_received = 1;
+}
+
+/* Callback function called for each line when accept-line executed, EOF
+ seen, or EOF character read. This sets a flag and returns; it could
+ also call exit(3). */
+static void
+cb_linehandler (char *line)
+{
+ /* Can use ^D (stty eof) or `exit' to exit. */
+ if (line == NULL || strcmp (line, "exit") == 0)
+ {
+ if (line == 0)
+ printf ("\n");
+ printf ("exit\n");
+ /* This function needs to be called to reset the terminal settings,
+ and calling it from the line handler keeps one extra prompt from
+ being displayed. */
+ rl_callback_handler_remove ();
+
+ running = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*line)
+ add_history (line);
+ printf ("input line: %s\n", line);
+ free (line);
+ }
+}
+
+int
+main (int c, char **v)
+{
+ fd_set fds;
+ int r;
+
+ /* Set the default locale values according to environment variables. */
+ setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+ /* Handle window size changes when readline is not active and reading
+ characters. */
+ signal (SIGWINCH, sighandler);
+
+ /* Install the line handler. */
+ rl_callback_handler_install (prompt, cb_linehandler);
+
+ /* Enter a simple event loop. This waits until something is available
+ to read on readline's input stream (defaults to standard input) and
+ calls the builtin character read callback to read it. It does not
+ have to modify the user's terminal settings. */
+ running = 1;
+ while (running)
+ {
+ FD_ZERO (&#38;fds);
+ FD_SET (fileno (rl_instream), &#38;fds);
+
+ r = select (FD_SETSIZE, &#38;fds, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ if (r &#60; 0 &#38;&#38; errno != EINTR)
+ {
+ perror ("rltest: select");
+ rl_callback_handler_remove ();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (sigwinch_received)
+ {
+ rl_resize_terminal ();
+ sigwinch_received = 0;
+ }
+ if (r &#60; 0)
+ continue;
+
+ if (FD_ISSET (fileno (rl_instream), &#38;fds))
+ rl_callback_read_char ();
+ }
+
+ printf ("rltest: Event loop has exited\n");
+ return 0;
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Readline Signal Handling"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC44"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 2.5 Readline Signal Handling </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC44::-->
+<P>
+
+Signals are asynchronous events sent to a process by the Unix kernel,
+sometimes on behalf of another process. They are intended to indicate
+exceptional events, like a user pressing the interrupt key on his terminal,
+or a network connection being broken. There is a class of signals that can
+be sent to the process currently reading input from the keyboard. Since
+Readline changes the terminal attributes when it is called, it needs to
+perform special processing when such a signal is received in order to
+restore the terminal to a sane state, or provide application writers with
+functions to do so manually.
+</P><P>
+
+Readline contains an internal signal handler that is installed for a
+number of signals (<CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>,
+<CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>,
+<CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>).
+When one of these signals is received, the signal handler
+will reset the terminal attributes to those that were in effect before
+<CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, reset the signal handling to what it was
+before <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and resend the signal to the calling
+application.
+If and when the calling application's signal handler returns, Readline
+will reinitialize the terminal and continue to accept input.
+When a <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> is received, the Readline signal handler performs
+some additional work, which will cause any partially-entered line to be
+aborted (see the description of <CODE>rl_free_line_state()</CODE> below).
+</P><P>
+
+There is an additional Readline signal handler, for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, which
+the kernel sends to a process whenever the terminal's size changes (for
+example, if a user resizes an <CODE>xterm</CODE>). The Readline <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
+handler updates Readline's internal screen size information, and then calls
+any <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler the calling application has installed.
+Readline calls the application's <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler without
+resetting the terminal to its original state. If the application's signal
+handler does more than update its idea of the terminal size and return (for
+example, a <CODE>longjmp</CODE> back to a main processing loop), it <EM>must</EM>
+call <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE> (described below), to restore the
+terminal state.
+</P><P>
+
+When an application is using the callback interface
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>), Readline installs signal handlers only for
+the duration of the call to <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE>. Applications
+using the callback interface should be prepared to clean up Readline's
+state if they wish to handle the signal before the line handler completes
+and restores the terminal state.
+</P><P>
+
+If an application using the callback interface wishes to have Readline
+install its signal handlers at the time the application calls
+<CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE> and remove them only when a complete
+line of input has been read, it should set the
+<CODE>rl_persistent_signal_handlers</CODE> variable to a non-zero value.
+This allows an application to defer all of the handling of the signals
+Readline catches to Readline.
+Applications should use this variable with care; it can result in Readline
+catching signals and not acting on them (or allowing the application to react
+to them) until the application calls <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE>. This
+can result in an application becoming less responsive to keyboard signals
+like SIGINT.
+If an application does not want or need to perform any signal handling, or
+does not need to do any processing between calls to <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE>,
+setting this variable may be desirable.
+</P><P>
+
+Readline provides two variables that allow application writers to
+control whether or not it will catch certain signals and act on them
+when they are received. It is important that applications change the
+values of these variables only when calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>, not in
+a signal handler, so Readline's internal signal state is not corrupted.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX366"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_signals</B>
+<DD>If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install signal handlers for
+<CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>,
+<CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> is 1.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX367"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_sigwinch</B>
+<DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
+Readline will install a signal handler for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE> is 1.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX368"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_persistent_signal_handlers</B>
+<DD>If an application using the callback interface wishes Readline's signal
+handlers to be installed and active during the set of calls to
+<CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE> that constitutes an entire single line,
+it should set this variable to a non-zero value.
+</P><P>
+
+The default value of <CODE>rl_persistent_signal_handlers</CODE> is 0.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX369"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_change_environment</B>
+<DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
+and Readline is handling <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, Readline will modify the
+<VAR>LINES</VAR> and <VAR>COLUMNS</VAR> environment variables upon receipt of a
+<CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
+</P><P>
+
+The default value of <CODE>rl_change_environment</CODE> is 1.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+If an application does not wish to have Readline catch any signals, or
+to handle signals other than those Readline catches (<CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>,
+for example),
+Readline provides convenience functions to do the necessary terminal
+and internal state cleanup upon receipt of a signal.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX370"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_pending_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Return the signal number of the most recent signal Readline received but
+has not yet handled, or 0 if there is no pending signal.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX371"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_cleanup_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>This function will reset the state of the terminal to what it was before
+<CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and remove the Readline signal handlers for
+all signals, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
+<CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX372"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>This will free any partial state associated with the current input line
+(undo information, any partial history entry, any partially-entered
+keyboard macro, and any partially-entered numeric argument). This
+should be called before <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE>. The
+Readline signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> calls this to abort the
+current input line.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX373"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>This will reinitialize the terminal and reinstall any Readline signal
+handlers, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
+<CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+If an application wants to force Readline to handle any signals that
+have arrived while it has been executing, <CODE>rl_check_signals()</CODE>
+will call Readline's internal signal handler if there are any pending
+signals. This is primarily intended for those applications that use
+a custom <CODE>rl_getc_function</CODE> (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>) and wish
+to handle signals received while waiting for input.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX374"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_check_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>If there are any pending signals, call Readline's internal signal handling
+functions to process them. <CODE>rl_pending_signal()</CODE> can be used independently
+to determine whether or not there are any pending signals.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+If an application does not wish Readline to catch <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, it may
+call <CODE>rl_resize_terminal()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_set_screen_size()</CODE> to force
+Readline to update its idea of the terminal size when it receives
+a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX375"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_echo_signal_char</B> <I>(int sig)</I>
+<DD>If an application wishes to install its own signal handlers, but still
+have readline display characters that generate signals, calling this
+function with <VAR>sig</VAR> set to <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, or
+<CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE> will display the character generating that signal.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX376"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_resize_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Update Readline's internal screen size by reading values from the kernel.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX377"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_screen_size</B> <I>(int rows, int cols)</I>
+<DD>Set Readline's idea of the terminal size to <VAR>rows</VAR> rows and
+<VAR>cols</VAR> columns. If either <VAR>rows</VAR> or <VAR>columns</VAR> is less than
+or equal to 0, Readline's idea of that terminal dimension is unchanged.
+This is intended to tell Readline the physical dimensions of the terminal,
+and is used internally to calculate the maximum number of characters that
+may appear on a single line and on the screen.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+If an application does not want to install a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> handler, but
+is still interested in the screen dimensions, it may query Readline's idea
+of the screen size.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX378"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_get_screen_size</B> <I>(int *rows, int *cols)</I>
+<DD>Return Readline's idea of the terminal's size in the
+variables pointed to by the arguments.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX379"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_screen_size</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Cause Readline to reobtain the screen size and recalculate its dimensions.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+The following functions install and remove Readline's signal handlers.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX380"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Install Readline's signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>,
+<CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>,
+<CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, depending on the values of
+<CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX381"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
+<DD>Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by
+<CODE>rl_set_signals()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Custom Completers"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC45"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H2> 2.6 Custom Completers </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC45::-->
+<P>
+
+Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of
+disambiguating commands and data. If your program is one of these, then
+it can provide completion for commands, data, or both.
+The following sections describe how your program and Readline
+cooperate to provide this service.
+</P><P>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The logic used to do completion.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions provided by Readline.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables which control completion.</TD></TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example of writing completer subroutines.</TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="How Completing Works"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC46"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.6.1 How Completing Works </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC46::-->
+<P>
+
+In order to complete some text, the full list of possible completions
+must be available. That is, it is not possible to accurately
+expand a partial word without knowing all of the possible words
+which make sense in that context. The Readline library provides
+the user interface to completion, and two of the most common
+completion functions: filename and username. For completing other types
+of text, you must write your own completion function. This section
+describes exactly what such functions must do, and provides an example.
+</P><P>
+
+There are three major functions used to perform completion:
+</P><P>
+
+<OL>
+<LI>
+The user-interface function <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>. This function is
+called with the same arguments as other bindable Readline functions:
+<VAR>count</VAR> and <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
+It isolates the word to be completed and calls
+<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> to generate a list of possible completions.
+It then either lists the possible completions, inserts the possible
+completions, or actually performs the
+completion, depending on which behavior is desired.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+The internal function <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> uses an
+application-supplied <EM>generator</EM> function to generate the list of
+possible matches, and then returns the array of these matches.
+The caller should place the address of its generator function in
+<CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+The generator function is called repeatedly from
+<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>, returning a string each time. The
+arguments to the generator function are <VAR>text</VAR> and <VAR>state</VAR>.
+<VAR>text</VAR> is the partial word to be completed. <VAR>state</VAR> is zero the
+first time the function is called, allowing the generator to perform
+any necessary initialization, and a positive non-zero integer for
+each subsequent call. The generator function returns
+<CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> to inform <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> that there are
+no more possibilities left. Usually the generator function computes the
+list of possible completions when <VAR>state</VAR> is zero, and returns them
+one at a time on subsequent calls. Each string the generator function
+returns as a match must be allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; Readline
+frees the strings when it has finished with them.
+Such a generator function is referred to as an
+<EM>application-specific completion function</EM>.
+<P>
+
+</OL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX382"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
+<DD>Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function
+that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>). The default is to do filename completion.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX383"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
+<DD>This is a pointer to the generator function for
+<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
+If the value of <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> is
+<CODE>NULL</CODE> then the default filename generator
+function, <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>, is used.
+An <EM>application-specific completion function</EM> is a function whose
+address is assigned to <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> and whose
+return values are used to generate possible completions.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Completion Functions"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC47"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.6.2 Completion Functions </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC47::-->
+<P>
+
+Here is the complete list of callable completion functions present in
+Readline.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX384"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete_internal</B> <I>(int what_to_do)</I>
+<DD>Complete the word at or before point. <VAR>what_to_do</VAR> says what to do
+with the completion. A value of <SAMP>`?'</SAMP> means list the possible
+completions. <SAMP>`TAB'</SAMP> means do standard completion. <SAMP>`*'</SAMP> means
+insert all of the possible completions. <SAMP>`!'</SAMP> means to display
+all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as
+performing partial completion. <SAMP>`@'</SAMP> is similar to <SAMP>`!'</SAMP>, but
+possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share
+a common prefix.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX385"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
+<DD>Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function
+that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> and <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>).
+The default is to do filename
+completion. This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an
+argument depending on <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX386"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_possible_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
+<DD>List the possible completions. See description of <CODE>rl_complete
+()</CODE>. This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of
+<SAMP>`?'</SAMP>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX387"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
+<DD>Insert the list of possible completions into the line, deleting the
+partially-completed word. See description of <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
+This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of <SAMP>`*'</SAMP>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX388"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mode</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *cfunc)</I>
+<DD>Returns the appropriate value to pass to <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
+depending on whether <VAR>cfunc</VAR> was called twice in succession and
+the values of the <CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE> and
+<CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE> variables.
+Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present
+the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX389"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_completion_matches</B> <I>(const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_func)</I>
+<DD>Returns an array of strings which is a list of completions for
+<VAR>text</VAR>. If there are no completions, returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>.
+The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for <VAR>text</VAR>.
+The remaining entries are the possible completions. The array is
+terminated with a <CODE>NULL</CODE> pointer.
+</P><P>
+
+<VAR>entry_func</VAR> is a function of two args, and returns a
+<CODE>char *</CODE>. The first argument is <VAR>text</VAR>. The second is a
+state argument; it is zero on the first call, and non-zero on subsequent
+calls. <VAR>entry_func</VAR> returns a <CODE>NULL</CODE> pointer to the caller
+when there are no more matches.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX390"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_filename_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
+<DD>A generator function for filename completion in the general case.
+<VAR>text</VAR> is a partial filename.
+The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific
+completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other
+Readline functions).
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX391"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_username_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
+<DD>A completion generator for usernames. <VAR>text</VAR> contains a partial
+username preceded by a random character (usually <SAMP>`~'</SAMP>). As with all
+completion generators, <VAR>state</VAR> is zero on the first call and non-zero
+for subsequent calls.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Completion Variables"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC48"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.6.3 Completion Variables </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC48::-->
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX392"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
+<DD>A pointer to the generator function for <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
+<CODE>NULL</CODE> means to use <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>,
+the default filename completer.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX393"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_completion_func_t * <B>rl_attempted_completion_function</B>
+<DD>A pointer to an alternative function to create matches.
+The function is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>start</VAR>, and <VAR>end</VAR>.
+<VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> are indices in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> defining
+the boundaries of <VAR>text</VAR>, which is a character string.
+If this function exists and returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, or if this variable is
+set to <CODE>NULL</CODE>, then <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE> will call the value of
+<CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> to generate matches, otherwise the
+array of strings returned will be used.
+If this function sets the <CODE>rl_attempted_completion_over</CODE>
+variable to a non-zero value, Readline will not perform its default
+completion even if this function returns no matches.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX394"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_quote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_quoting_function</B>
+<DD>A pointer to a function that will quote a filename in an
+application-specific fashion. This is called if filename completion is being
+attempted and one of the characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE>
+appears in a completed filename. The function is called with
+<VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>match_type</VAR>, and <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR>. The <VAR>text</VAR>
+is the filename to be quoted. The <VAR>match_type</VAR> is either
+<CODE>SINGLE_MATCH</CODE>, if there is only one completion match, or
+<CODE>MULT_MATCH</CODE>. Some functions use this to decide whether or not to
+insert a closing quote character. The <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR> is a pointer
+to any opening quote character the user typed. Some functions choose
+to reset this character.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX395"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_dequoting_function</B>
+<DD>A pointer to a function that will remove application-specific quoting
+characters from a filename before completion is attempted, so those
+characters do not interfere with matching the text against names in
+the filesystem. It is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the word
+to be dequoted, and <VAR>quote_char</VAR>, which is the quoting character
+that delimits the filename (usually <SAMP>`''</SAMP> or <SAMP>`"'</SAMP>). If
+<VAR>quote_char</VAR> is zero, the filename was not in an embedded string.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX396"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_linebuf_func_t * <B>rl_char_is_quoted_p</B>
+<DD>A pointer to a function to call that determines whether or not a specific
+character in the line buffer is quoted, according to whatever quoting
+mechanism the program calling Readline uses. The function is called with
+two arguments: <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the line, and <VAR>index</VAR>, the
+index of the character in the line. It is used to decide whether a
+character found in <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> should be
+used to break words for the completer.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX397"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compignore_func_t * <B>rl_ignore_some_completions_function</B>
+<DD>This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real filename
+completion is done, after all the matching names have been generated.
+It is passed a <CODE>NULL</CODE> terminated array of matches.
+The first element (<CODE>matches[0]</CODE>) is the
+maximal substring common to all matches. This function can
+re-arrange the list of matches as required, but each element deleted
+from the array must be freed.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX398"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_completion_hook</B>
+<DD>This function, if defined, is allowed to modify the directory portion
+of filenames Readline completes.
+It could be used to expand symbolic links or shell variables in pathnames.
+It is called with the address of a string (the current directory name) as an
+argument, and may modify that string.
+If the string is replaced with a new string, the old value should be freed.
+Any modified directory name should have a trailing slash.
+The modified value will be used as part of the completion, replacing
+the directory portion of the pathname the user typed.
+At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
+remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
+be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+The directory completion hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
+the function modifies its directory argument.
+The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX399"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when completing
+a directory name. This function takes the address of the directory name
+to be modified as an argument. Unlike <CODE>rl_directory_completion_hook</CODE>,
+it only modifies the directory name used in <CODE>opendir</CODE>, not what is
+displayed when the possible completions are printed or inserted. It is
+called before rl_directory_completion_hook.
+At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
+remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
+be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>.
+</P><P>
+
+The directory rewrite hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
+the function modifies its directory argument.
+The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX400"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_filename_stat_hook</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function for the completer to
+call before deciding which character to append to a completed name.
+This function modifies its filename name argument, and the modified value
+is passed to <CODE>stat()</CODE> to determine the file's type and characteristics.
+This function does not need to remove quote characters from the filename.
+</P><P>
+
+The stat hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
+the function modifies its directory argument.
+The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX401"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_rewrite_hook</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function called when reading
+directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
+them to the partial word to be completed. The function should
+perform any necessary application or system-specific conversion on
+the filename, such as converting between character sets or converting
+from a filesystem format to a character input format.
+The function takes two arguments: <VAR>fname</VAR>, the filename to be converted,
+and <VAR>fnlen</VAR>, its length in bytes.
+It must either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place)
+or the converted filename in newly-allocated memory. The converted
+form is used to compare against the word to be completed, and, if it
+matches, is added to the list of matches. Readline will free the
+allocated string.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX402"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compdisp_func_t * <B>rl_completion_display_matches_hook</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+This function is called in lieu of Readline displaying the list.
+It takes three arguments:
+(<CODE>char **</CODE><VAR>matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>num_matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>max_length</VAR>)
+where <VAR>matches</VAR> is the array of matching strings,
+<VAR>num_matches</VAR> is the number of strings in that array, and
+<VAR>max_length</VAR> is the length of the longest string in that array.
+Readline provides a convenience function, <CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE>,
+that takes care of doing the display to Readline's output stream.
+You may call that function from this hook.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX403"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_word_break_characters</B>
+<DD>The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+completer routine. The default value of this variable is the characters
+which break words for completion in Bash:
+<CODE>" \t\n\"\\'`@$>&#60;=;|&#38;{("</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX404"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_quote_characters</B>
+<DD>A list of quote characters which can cause a word break.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX405"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_word_break_characters</B>
+<DD>The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+<CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>. The default list is the value of
+<CODE>rl_basic_word_break_characters</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX406"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_cpvfunc_t * <B>rl_completion_word_break_hook</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is
+deciding where to separate words for word completion. It should return
+a character string like <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> to be
+used to perform the current completion. The function may choose to set
+<CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> itself. If the function
+returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> is used.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX407"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_quote_characters</B>
+<DD>A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
+<CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> are treated as any other character,
+unless they also appear within this list.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX408"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_filename_quote_characters</B>
+<DD>A list of characters that cause a filename to be quoted by the completer
+when they appear in a completed filename. The default is the null string.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX409"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_special_prefixes</B>
+<DD>The list of characters that are word break characters, but should be
+left in <VAR>text</VAR> when it is passed to the completion function.
+Programs can use this to help determine what kind of completing to do.
+For instance, Bash sets this variable to "$@" so that it can complete
+shell variables and hostnames.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX410"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_query_items</B>
+<DD>Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+possible-completions call. After that, readline asks the user if she is sure
+she wants to see them all. The default value is 100. A negative value
+indicates that Readline should never ask the user.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX411"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_append_character</B>
+<DD>When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command
+line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text. The
+default is a space character (<SAMP>` '</SAMP>). Setting this to the null
+character (<SAMP>`\0'</SAMP>) prevents anything being appended automatically.
+This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to
+provide the "most sensible word separator character" according to
+an application-specific command line syntax specification.
+It is set to the default before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX412"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_append</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, <VAR>rl_completion_append_character</VAR> is not appended to
+matches at the end of the command line, as described above.
+It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX413"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_quote_character</B>
+<DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the
+characters in <VAR>rl_completer_quote_characters</VAR>, it sets this variable
+to the quoting character found.
+This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX414"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_quote</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when
+performing completion on a quoted string.
+It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX415"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_found_quote</B>
+<DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable
+to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited
+by any quoting characters, including backslashes.
+This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX416"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+user-settable <VAR>mark-directories</VAR> variable.
+This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions
+can override the user's global preference (set via the
+<VAR>mark-symlinked-directories</VAR> Readline variable) if appropriate.
+This variable is set to the user's preference before any
+application-specific completion function is called, so unless that
+function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX417"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</B>
+<DD>If non-zero, then duplicates in the matches are removed.
+The default is 1.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX418"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_completion_desired</B>
+<DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as
+filenames. This is <EM>always</EM> zero when completion is attempted,
+and can only be changed
+within an application-specific completion function. If it is set to a
+non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended
+and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any
+characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE> and
+<CODE>rl_filename_quoting_desired</CODE> is set to a non-zero value.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX419"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_quoting_desired</B>
+<DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+completed filename contains any characters in
+<CODE>rl_filename_quote_chars</CODE>. This is <EM>always</EM> non-zero
+when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an
+application-specific completion function.
+The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to
+by <CODE>rl_filename_quoting_function</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX420"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_attempted_completion_over</B>
+<DD>If an application-specific completion function assigned to
+<CODE>rl_attempted_completion_function</CODE> sets this variable to a non-zero
+value, Readline will not perform its default filename completion even
+if the application's completion function returns no matches.
+It should be set only by an application's completion function.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX421"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_sort_completion_matches</B>
+<DD>If an application sets this variable to 0, Readline will not sort the
+list of completions (which implies that it cannot remove any duplicate
+completions). The default value is 1, which means that Readline will
+sort the completions and, depending on the value of
+<CODE>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</CODE>, will attempt to remove duplicate
+matches.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX422"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_type</B>
+<DD>Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently
+attempting; see the description of <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
+(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>) for the list of characters.
+This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific
+completion function is called, allowing such functions to present
+the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX423"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_invoking_key</B>
+<DD>Set to the final character in the key sequence that invoked one of the
+completion functions that call <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>. This is
+set to the appropriate value before any application-specific completion
+function is called.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="IDX424"></A>
+<DL>
+<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_inhibit_completion</B>
+<DD>If this variable is non-zero, completion is inhibited. The completion
+character will be inserted as any other bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>.
+</DL>
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="A Short Completion Example"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC49"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H3> 2.6.4 A Short Completion Example </H3>
+<!--docid::SEC49::-->
+<P>
+
+Here is a small application demonstrating the use of the GNU Readline
+library. It is called <CODE>fileman</CODE>, and the source code resides in
+<TT>`examples/fileman.c'</TT>. This sample application provides
+completion of command names, line editing features, and access to the
+history list.
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the
+ GNU Readline library. This application interactively allows users
+ to manipulate files and their modes. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include &#60;config.h&#62;
+#endif
+
+#include &#60;sys/types.h&#62;
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+# include &#60;sys/file.h&#62;
+#endif
+#include &#60;sys/stat.h&#62;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include &#60;unistd.h&#62;
+#endif
+
+#include &#60;fcntl.h&#62;
+#include &#60;stdio.h&#62;
+#include &#60;errno.h&#62;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include &#60;string.h&#62;
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include &#60;strings.h&#62;
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include &#60;stdlib.h&#62;
+#endif
+
+#include &#60;time.h&#62;
+
+#include &#60;readline/readline.h&#62;
+#include &#60;readline/history.h&#62;
+
+extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((size_t));
+
+/* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */
+int com_list PARAMS((char *));
+int com_view PARAMS((char *));
+int com_rename PARAMS((char *));
+int com_stat PARAMS((char *));
+int com_pwd PARAMS((char *));
+int com_delete PARAMS((char *));
+int com_help PARAMS((char *));
+int com_cd PARAMS((char *));
+int com_quit PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* A structure which contains information on the commands this program
+ can understand. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *name; /* User printable name of the function. */
+ rl_icpfunc_t *func; /* Function to call to do the job. */
+ char *doc; /* Documentation for this function. */
+} COMMAND;
+
+COMMAND commands[] = {
+ { "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" },
+ { "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" },
+ { "help", com_help, "Display this text" },
+ { "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" },
+ { "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" },
+ { "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" },
+ { "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" },
+ { "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" },
+ { "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" },
+ { "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" },
+ { "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" },
+ { (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
+};
+
+/* Forward declarations. */
+char *stripwhite ();
+COMMAND *find_command ();
+
+/* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */
+char *progname;
+
+/* When non-zero, this global means the user is done using this program. */
+int done;
+
+char *
+dupstr (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ char *r;
+
+ r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
+ strcpy (r, s);
+ return (r);
+}
+
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char *line, *s;
+
+ progname = argv[0];
+
+ initialize_readline (); /* Bind our completer. */
+
+ /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */
+ for ( ; done == 0; )
+ {
+ line = readline ("FileMan: ");
+
+ if (!line)
+ break;
+
+ /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line.
+ Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list
+ and execute it. */
+ s = stripwhite (line);
+
+ if (*s)
+ {
+ add_history (s);
+ execute_line (s);
+ }
+
+ free (line);
+ }
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+/* Execute a command line. */
+int
+execute_line (line)
+ char *line;
+{
+ register int i;
+ COMMAND *command;
+ char *word;
+
+ /* Isolate the command word. */
+ i = 0;
+ while (line[i] &#38;&#38; whitespace (line[i]))
+ i++;
+ word = line + i;
+
+ while (line[i] &#38;&#38; !whitespace (line[i]))
+ i++;
+
+ if (line[i])
+ line[i++] = '\0';
+
+ command = find_command (word);
+
+ if (!command)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ /* Get argument to command, if any. */
+ while (whitespace (line[i]))
+ i++;
+
+ word = line + i;
+
+ /* Call the function. */
+ return ((*(command-&#62;func)) (word));
+}
+
+/* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that
+ command. Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */
+COMMAND *
+find_command (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+ if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0)
+ return (&#38;commands[i]);
+
+ return ((COMMAND *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING. Return a pointer
+ into STRING. */
+char *
+stripwhite (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+
+ for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++)
+ ;
+
+ if (*s == 0)
+ return (s);
+
+ t = s + strlen (s) - 1;
+ while (t &#62; s &#38;&#38; whitespace (*t))
+ t--;
+ *++t = '\0';
+
+ return s;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Interface to Readline Completion */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+char *command_generator PARAMS((const char *, int));
+char **fileman_completion PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete. We want to try to complete
+ on command names if this is the first word in the line, or on filenames
+ if not. */
+initialize_readline ()
+{
+ /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
+ rl_readline_name = "FileMan";
+
+ /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT. START and END bound the
+ region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to complete. TEXT is
+ the word to complete. We can use the entire contents of rl_line_buffer
+ in case we want to do some simple parsing. Return the array of matches,
+ or NULL if there aren't any. */
+char **
+fileman_completion (text, start, end)
+ const char *text;
+ int start, end;
+{
+ char **matches;
+
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+ /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command
+ to complete. Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current
+ directory. */
+ if (start == 0)
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator);
+
+ return (matches);
+}
+
+/* Generator function for command completion. STATE lets us know whether
+ to start from scratch; without any state (i.e. STATE == 0), then we
+ start at the top of the list. */
+char *
+command_generator (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static int list_index, len;
+ char *name;
+
+ /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now. This includes
+ saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and initializing the index
+ variable to 0. */
+ if (!state)
+ {
+ list_index = 0;
+ len = strlen (text);
+ }
+
+ /* Return the next name which partially matches from the command list. */
+ while (name = commands[list_index].name)
+ {
+ list_index++;
+
+ if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0)
+ return (dupstr(name));
+ }
+
+ /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* FileMan Commands */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* String to pass to system (). This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME
+ commands. */
+static char syscom[1024];
+
+/* List the file(s) named in arg. */
+com_list (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ if (!arg)
+ arg = "";
+
+ sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg);
+ return (system (syscom));
+}
+
+com_view (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ if (!valid_argument ("view", arg))
+ return 1;
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ /* more.com doesn't grok slashes in pathnames */
+ sprintf (syscom, "less %s", arg);
+#else
+ sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg);
+#endif
+ return (system (syscom));
+}
+
+com_rename (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ too_dangerous ("rename");
+ return (1);
+}
+
+com_stat (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg))
+ return (1);
+
+ if (stat (arg, &#38;finfo) == -1)
+ {
+ perror (arg);
+ return (1);
+ }
+
+ printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg);
+
+ printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n",
+ arg,
+ finfo.st_nlink,
+ (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s",
+ finfo.st_size,
+ (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s");
+ printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_ctime));
+ printf (" Last access at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_atime));
+ printf (" Last modified at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_mtime));
+ return (0);
+}
+
+com_delete (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ too_dangerous ("delete");
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is
+ not present. */
+com_help (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ register int i;
+ int printed = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+ {
+ if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0))
+ {
+ printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc);
+ printed++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!printed)
+ {
+ printf ("No commands match `%s'. Possibilities are:\n", arg);
+
+ for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+ {
+ /* Print in six columns. */
+ if (printed == 6)
+ {
+ printed = 0;
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+
+ printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name);
+ printed++;
+ }
+
+ if (printed)
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Change to the directory ARG. */
+com_cd (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ if (chdir (arg) == -1)
+ {
+ perror (arg);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ com_pwd ("");
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Print out the current working directory. */
+com_pwd (ignore)
+ char *ignore;
+{
+ char dir[1024], *s;
+
+ s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1);
+ if (s == 0)
+ {
+ printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* The user wishes to quit using this program. Just set DONE non-zero. */
+com_quit (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ done = 1;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */
+too_dangerous (caller)
+ char *caller;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute. Write it yourself.\n",
+ caller);
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, else print
+ an error message and return zero. */
+int
+valid_argument (caller, arg)
+ char *caller, *arg;
+{
+ if (!arg || !*arg)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (1);
+}
+</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+<A NAME="GNU Free Documentation License"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC50"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H1> A. GNU Free Documentation License </H1>
+<!--docid::SEC50::-->
+<P>
+
+<center>
+ Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
+</center>
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=display><pre style="font-family: serif">Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+<A HREF="http://fsf.org/">http://fsf.org/</A>
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+<OL>
+<LI>
+PREAMBLE
+<P>
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document <EM>free</EM> in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+</P><P>
+
+This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+</P><P>
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+<P>
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+</P><P>
+
+A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+</P><P>
+
+A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
+directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
+any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+</P><P>
+
+The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+</P><P>
+
+The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+</P><P>
+
+A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+</P><P>
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+format, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or <FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> using a publicly available
+<FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT>, and standard-conforming simple <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
+PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> designed for human modification. Examples
+of transparent image formats include <FONT SIZE="-1">PNG</FONT>, <FONT SIZE="-1">XCF</FONT> and
+<FONT SIZE="-1">JPG</FONT>. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or
+<FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> for which the <FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT> and/or processing tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
+PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
+</P><P>
+
+The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+</P><P>
+
+The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
+of the Document to the public.
+</P><P>
+
+A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
+"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
+</P><P>
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+VERBATIM COPYING
+<P>
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+</P><P>
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+<P>
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+</P><P>
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+</P><P>
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+</P><P>
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+MODIFICATIONS
+<P>
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+</P><P>
+
+<OL>
+<LI>
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+dedications given therein.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+<P>
+
+<LI>
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+</OL>
+<P>
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+</P><P>
+
+You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+</P><P>
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+</P><P>
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+<P>
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+</P><P>
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+</P><P>
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all
+sections Entitled "Endorsements."
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+<P>
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+</P><P>
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+<P>
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+</P><P>
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+TRANSLATION
+<P>
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+</P><P>
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+TERMINATION
+<P>
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
+will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+</P><P>
+
+However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
+from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
+unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
+terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
+fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
+60 days after the cessation.
+</P><P>
+
+Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+</P><P>
+
+Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
+not give you any rights to use it.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+<P>
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+<A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</A>.
+</P><P>
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document
+specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
+License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
+version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
+Document.
+</P><P>
+
+<LI>
+RELICENSING
+<P>
+
+"Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
+World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
+public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A
+"Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
+site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+site.
+</P><P>
+
+"CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+published by that same organization.
+</P><P>
+
+"Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+in part, as part of another Document.
+</P><P>
+
+An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
+License, and if all works that were first published under this License
+somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
+or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
+and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
+</P><P>
+
+The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
+under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
+provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+</P><P>
+
+</OL>
+<P>
+
+<A NAME="SEC51"></A>
+<H2> ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents </H2>
+<!--docid::SEC51::-->
+<P>
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre> Copyright (C) <VAR>year</VAR> <VAR>your name</VAR>.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+ Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the "with<small>...</small>Texts." line with this:
+</P><P>
+
+<TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre> with the Invariant Sections being <VAR>list their titles</VAR>, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being <VAR>list</VAR>, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being <VAR>list</VAR>.
+</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+</P><P>
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+</P><P>
+
+<A NAME="Concept Index"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC52"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC53"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H1> Concept Index </H1>
+<!--docid::SEC52::-->
+<table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+</td></tr></table><br><P></P>
+<TABLE border=0>
+<TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">application-specific completion functions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">command editing</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">editing command lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">initialization file, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">interaction, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX3">kill ring</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX1">killing text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">notation, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX220">readline, function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX4">variables, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX2">yanking text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+</TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+</td></tr></table><br><P>
+
+<A NAME="Function and Variable Index"></A>
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC53"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H1> Function and Variable Index </H1>
+<!--docid::SEC53::-->
+<table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<BR>
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+</td></tr></table><br><P></P>
+<TABLE border=0>
+<TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn__"></A>_</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX346"><CODE>_rl_digit_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX349"><CODE>_rl_digit_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX345"><CODE>_rl_lowercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX348"><CODE>_rl_to_lower</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX347"><CODE>_rl_to_upper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX344"><CODE>_rl_uppercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX185"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX186"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX67"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX68"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_B"></A>B</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX51"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX52"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX103"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX104"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX129"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX130"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX137"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX138"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX55"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX56"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX73"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#38;#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX74"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#38;#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX45"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX46"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX5">bell-style</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX6">bind-tty-special-chars</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX7">blink-matching-paren</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX113"><CODE>bracketed-paste-begin ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX114"><CODE>bracketed-paste-begin ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX179"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX180"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX123"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX124"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX201"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX202"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX203"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX204"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX61"><CODE>clear-display (M-C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX62"><CODE>clear-display (M-C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX63"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX64"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX8">colored-completion-prefix</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX9">colored-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX10">comment-begin</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX163"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX164"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX11">completion-display-width</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX12">completion-ignore-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX13">completion-map-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX14">completion-prefix-display-length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX15">completion-query-items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX16">convert-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX151"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX152"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX153"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX154"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX149"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX150"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_D"></A>D</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX101"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX102"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX173"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX174"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX145"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX146"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX159"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62; <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX160"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62; <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX17">disable-completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX187"><CODE>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX188"><CODE>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX121"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX122"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX209"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX210"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX213"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX214"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX211"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX212"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX18">echo-control-characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX19">editing-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX215"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX216"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX20">emacs-mode-string</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX21">enable-bracketed-paste</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX22">enable-keypad</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX177"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX178"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX99"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX100"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX75"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#38;#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX76"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#38;#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX47"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX48"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX199"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX200"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX23">expand-tilde</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_F"></A>F</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX105"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX106"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX49"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX50"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX79"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX80"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX53"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX54"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_H"></A>H</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX24">history-preserve-point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX87"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX88"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX85"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX86"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX25">history-size</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX91"><CODE>history-substring-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX92"><CODE>history-substring-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX89"><CODE>history-substring-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX90"><CODE>history-substring-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX26">horizontal-scroll-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX27">input-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX207"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX208"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX167"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX168"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX29">isearch-terminators</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX30">keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX127"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX128"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX147"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX148"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX133"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX134"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX135"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX136"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_M"></A>M</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX31">mark-modified-lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX32">mark-symlinked-directories</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX33">match-hidden-files</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX169"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX170"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX171"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX172"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX34">menu-complete-display-prefix</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX28">meta-flag</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX71"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX72"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX59"><CODE>next-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX60"><CODE>next-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX83"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX84"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX81"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX82"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_O"></A>O</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX97"><CODE>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX98"><CODE>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX35">output-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX125"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX126"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_P"></A>P</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX36">page-completions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX165"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX166"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX189"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX190"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX69"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX70"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX57"><CODE>previous-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX58"><CODE>previous-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX181"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX182"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Q"></A>Q</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX107"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX108"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX183"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX184"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX219"><CODE>readline</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX65"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX66"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX77"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX78"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX37">revert-all-at-newline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX193"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX194"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX358"><CODE>rl_activate_mark</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX261"><CODE>rl_add_defun</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX297"><CODE>rl_add_funmap_entry</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX300"><CODE>rl_add_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX342"><CODE>rl_alphabetic</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX232">rl_already_prompted</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX393">rl_attempted_completion_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX420">rl_attempted_completion_over</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX404">rl_basic_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX403">rl_basic_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX298"><CODE>rl_begin_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX273"><CODE>rl_bind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX275"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX276"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX274"><CODE>rl_bind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX281"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX284"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX285"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX282"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX252">rl_binding_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX362"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX365"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_remove</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX363"><CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX364"><CODE>rl_callback_sigcleanup</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX366">rl_catch_signals</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX367">rl_catch_sigwinch</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX369">rl_change_environment</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX396">rl_char_is_quoted_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX374"><CODE>rl_check_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX371"><CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX357"><CODE>rl_clear_history</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX313"><CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX327"><CODE>rl_clear_pending_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX381"><CODE>rl_clear_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX308"><CODE>rl_clear_visible_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX382"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX385"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX384"><CODE>rl_complete_internal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX407">rl_completer_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX405">rl_completer_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX411">rl_completion_append_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX402">rl_completion_display_matches_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX383">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX392">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX415">rl_completion_found_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX423">rl_completion_invoking_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX416">rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX389"><CODE>rl_completion_matches</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX388"><CODE>rl_completion_mode</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX410">rl_completion_query_items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX413">rl_completion_quote_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX412">rl_completion_suppress_append</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX414">rl_completion_suppress_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX422">rl_completion_type</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX406">rl_completion_word_break_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX263"><CODE>rl_copy_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX320"><CODE>rl_copy_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX310"><CODE>rl_crlf</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX359"><CODE>rl_deactivate_mark</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX319"><CODE>rl_delete_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX250">rl_deprep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX330"><CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX341"><CODE>rl_ding</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX398">rl_directory_completion_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX399">rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX265"><CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX228">rl_dispatching</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX343"><CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX231">rl_display_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX302"><CODE>rl_do_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX225">rl_done</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX375"><CODE>rl_echo_signal_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX260">rl_editing_mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX267"><CODE>rl_empty_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX223">rl_end</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX299"><CODE>rl_end_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX229">rl_erase_empty_line</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX244">rl_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX326"><CODE>rl_execute_next</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX254">rl_executing_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX251">rl_executing_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX255">rl_executing_keyseq</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX253">rl_executing_macro</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX316"><CODE>rl_expand_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX258">rl_explicit_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX339"><CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX418">rl_filename_completion_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX390"><CODE>rl_filename_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX395">rl_filename_dequoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX408">rl_filename_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX419">rl_filename_quoting_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX394">rl_filename_quoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX401">rl_filename_rewrite_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX400">rl_filename_stat_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX305"><CODE>rl_forced_update_display</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX337"><CODE>rl_free</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX266"><CODE>rl_free_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX372"><CODE>rl_free_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX301"><CODE>rl_free_undo_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX294"><CODE>rl_function_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX290"><CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX291"><CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq_len</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX296"><CODE>rl_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX286"><CODE>rl_generic_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX268"><CODE>rl_get_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX270"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_by_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX271"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX378"><CODE>rl_get_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX356"><CODE>rl_get_termcap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX324"><CODE>rl_getc</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX245">rl_getc_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX235">rl_gnu_readline_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX417">rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX397">rl_ignore_some_completions_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX424">rl_inhibit_completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX340"><CODE>rl_initialize</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX247">rl_input_available_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX387"><CODE>rl_insert_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX318"><CODE>rl_insert_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX238">rl_instream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX292"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX293"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX360"><CODE>rl_keep_mark_active</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX256">rl_key_sequence_length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX321"><CODE>rl_kill_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX241">rl_last_func</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX233">rl_library_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX221">rl_line_buffer</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX295"><CODE>rl_list_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX350"><CODE>rl_macro_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX351"><CODE>rl_macro_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX262"><CODE>rl_make_bare_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX264"><CODE>rl_make_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX224">rl_mark</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX361"><CODE>rl_mark_active_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX312"><CODE>rl_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX303"><CODE>rl_modifying</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX289"><CODE>rl_named_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX226">rl_num_chars_to_read</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX259">rl_numeric_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX306"><CODE>rl_on_new_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX307"><CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX239">rl_outstream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX287"><CODE>rl_parse_and_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX227">rl_pending_input</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX370"><CODE>rl_pending_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX368">rl_persistent_signal_handlers</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX222">rl_point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX386"><CODE>rl_possible_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX243">rl_pre_input_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX240">rl_prefer_env_winsize</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX249">rl_prep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX329"><CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX230">rl_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX322"><CODE>rl_push_macro_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX288"><CODE>rl_read_init_file</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX323"><CODE>rl_read_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX237">rl_readline_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX257">rl_readline_state</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX234">rl_readline_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX304"><CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX248">rl_redisplay_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX338"><CODE>rl_replace_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX373"><CODE>rl_reset_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX309"><CODE>rl_reset_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX379"><CODE>rl_reset_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX334"><CODE>rl_reset_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX376"><CODE>rl_resize_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX315"><CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX336"><CODE>rl_restore_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX314"><CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX335"><CODE>rl_save_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX283"><CODE>rl_set_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX328"><CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX269"><CODE>rl_set_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX272"><CODE>rl_set_keymap_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX355"><CODE>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX317"><CODE>rl_set_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX377"><CODE>rl_set_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX380"><CODE>rl_set_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX311"><CODE>rl_show_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX246">rl_signal_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX421">rl_sort_completion_matches</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX409">rl_special_prefixes</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX242">rl_startup_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX325"><CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX236">rl_terminal_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX331"><CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX333"><CODE>rl_tty_set_echoing</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX332"><CODE>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX280"><CODE>rl_unbind_command_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX279"><CODE>rl_unbind_function_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX277"><CODE>rl_unbind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX278"><CODE>rl_unbind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX391"><CODE>rl_username_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX352"><CODE>rl_variable_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX354"><CODE>rl_variable_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX353"><CODE>rl_variable_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_S"></A>S</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX111"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX112"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX197"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX198"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX139"><CODE>shell-transpose-words (M-C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX140"><CODE>shell-transpose-words (M-C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX38">show-all-if-ambiguous</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX39">show-all-if-unmodified</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX40">show-mode-in-prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX41">skip-completed-text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX205"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX206"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX175"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX176"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_T"></A>T</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX109"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX110"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX195"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX196"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX115"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX116"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX117"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX118"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_U"></A>U</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX191"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX192"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX161"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX162"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX143"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX144"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX131"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX132"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX141"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX142"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX119"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX120"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX42">vi-cmd-mode-string</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX217"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX218"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX43">vi-ins-mode-string</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX44">visible-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX155"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX156"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX95"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX96"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX93"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX94"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX157"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX158"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
+</TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<BR>
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
+ &nbsp;
+</td></tr></table><br><P>
+
+<HR SIZE="6">
+<A NAME="SEC_Contents"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H1>Table of Contents</H1>
+<UL>
+<A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
+<BR>
+<UL>
+<A NAME="TOC2" HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC3" HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A>
+<BR>
+<UL>
+<A NAME="TOC4" HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC5" HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC6" HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC7" HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC8" HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>
+<BR>
+</UL>
+<A NAME="TOC9" HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>
+<BR>
+<UL>
+<A NAME="TOC10" HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC11" HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC12" HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A>
+<BR>
+</UL>
+<A NAME="TOC13" HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A>
+<BR>
+<UL>
+<A NAME="TOC14" HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC15" HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC16" HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC17" HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC18" HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC19" HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC20" HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC21" HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A>
+<BR>
+</UL>
+<A NAME="TOC22" HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A>
+<BR>
+</UL>
+<A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
+<BR>
+<UL>
+<A NAME="TOC24" HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC25" HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A>
+<BR>
+<UL>
+<A NAME="TOC26" HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC27" HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A>
+<BR>
+</UL>
+<A NAME="TOC28" HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC29" HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A>
+<BR>
+<UL>
+<A NAME="TOC30" HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC31" HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC32" HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC33" HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC34" HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC35" HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC36" HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC37" HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC38" HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC39" HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC40" HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC41" HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC42" HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC43" HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A>
+<BR>
+</UL>
+<A NAME="TOC44" HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC45" HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A>
+<BR>
+<UL>
+<A NAME="TOC46" HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC47" HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC48" HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC49" HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A>
+<BR>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A>
+<BR>
+</UL>
+<HR SIZE=1>
+<A NAME="SEC_OVERVIEW"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H1>Short Table of Contents</H1>
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A>
+<BR>
+<A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A>
+<BR>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<HR SIZE=1>
+<A NAME="SEC_About"></A>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
+<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
+</TR></TABLE>
+<H1>About this document</H1>
+This document was generated by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>October, 30 2020</I>
+using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
+"><I>texi2html</I></A>
+<P></P>
+The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
+<P></P>
+<table border = "1">
+<TR>
+<TH> Button </TH>
+<TH> Name </TH>
+<TH> Go to </TH>
+<TH> From 1.2.3 go to</TH>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+ [ &lt; ] </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+Back
+</TD>
+<TD>
+previous section in reading order
+</TD>
+<TD>
+1.2.2
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+ [ &gt; ] </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+Forward
+</TD>
+<TD>
+next section in reading order
+</TD>
+<TD>
+1.2.4
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+ [ &lt;&lt; ] </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+FastBack
+</TD>
+<TD>
+previous or up-and-previous section
+</TD>
+<TD>
+1.1
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+ [ Up ] </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+Up
+</TD>
+<TD>
+up section
+</TD>
+<TD>
+1.2
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+ [ &gt;&gt; ] </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+FastForward
+</TD>
+<TD>
+next or up-and-next section
+</TD>
+<TD>
+1.3
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+ [Top] </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+Top
+</TD>
+<TD>
+cover (top) of document
+</TD>
+<TD>
+ &nbsp;
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+ [Contents] </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+Contents
+</TD>
+<TD>
+table of contents
+</TD>
+<TD>
+ &nbsp;
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+ [Index] </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+Index
+</TD>
+<TD>
+concept index
+</TD>
+<TD>
+ &nbsp;
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+ [ ? ] </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
+About
+</TD>
+<TD>
+this page
+</TD>
+<TD>
+ &nbsp;
+</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+<P></P>
+where the <STRONG> Example </STRONG> assumes that the current position
+is at <STRONG> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </STRONG> of a document of
+the following structure:
+<UL>
+<LI> 1. Section One </LI>
+<UL>
+<LI>1.1 Subsection One-One</LI>
+<UL>
+<LI> ... </LI>
+</UL>
+<LI>1.2 Subsection One-Two</LI>
+<UL>
+<LI>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One
+</LI><LI>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two
+</LI><LI>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three &nbsp; &nbsp; <STRONG>
+&lt;== Current Position </STRONG>
+</LI><LI>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four
+</LI></UL>
+<LI>1.3 Subsection One-Three</LI>
+<UL>
+<LI> ... </LI>
+</UL>
+<LI>1.4 Subsection One-Four</LI>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+
+<HR SIZE=1>
+<BR>
+<FONT SIZE="-1">
+This document was generated
+by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>October, 30 2020</I>
+using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
+"><I>texi2html</I></A>
+
+</BODY>
+</HTML>